Initial commit of OpenSPARC T2 architecture model.
[OpenSPARC-T2-SAM] / sam-t2 / devtools / v8plus / lib / perl5 / 5.8.8 / perl5db.pl
CommitLineData
920dae64
AT
1
2=head1 NAME
3
4perl5db.pl - the perl debugger
5
6=head1 SYNOPSIS
7
8 perl -d your_Perl_script
9
10=head1 DESCRIPTION
11
12C<perl5db.pl> is the perl debugger. It is loaded automatically by Perl when
13you invoke a script with C<perl -d>. This documentation tries to outline the
14structure and services provided by C<perl5db.pl>, and to describe how you
15can use them.
16
17=head1 GENERAL NOTES
18
19The debugger can look pretty forbidding to many Perl programmers. There are
20a number of reasons for this, many stemming out of the debugger's history.
21
22When the debugger was first written, Perl didn't have a lot of its nicer
23features - no references, no lexical variables, no closures, no object-oriented
24programming. So a lot of the things one would normally have done using such
25features was done using global variables, globs and the C<local()> operator
26in creative ways.
27
28Some of these have survived into the current debugger; a few of the more
29interesting and still-useful idioms are noted in this section, along with notes
30on the comments themselves.
31
32=head2 Why not use more lexicals?
33
34Experienced Perl programmers will note that the debugger code tends to use
35mostly package globals rather than lexically-scoped variables. This is done
36to allow a significant amount of control of the debugger from outside the
37debugger itself.
38
39Unfortunately, though the variables are accessible, they're not well
40documented, so it's generally been a decision that hasn't made a lot of
41difference to most users. Where appropriate, comments have been added to
42make variables more accessible and usable, with the understanding that these
43I<are> debugger internals, and are therefore subject to change. Future
44development should probably attempt to replace the globals with a well-defined
45API, but for now, the variables are what we've got.
46
47=head2 Automated variable stacking via C<local()>
48
49As you may recall from reading C<perlfunc>, the C<local()> operator makes a
50temporary copy of a variable in the current scope. When the scope ends, the
51old copy is restored. This is often used in the debugger to handle the
52automatic stacking of variables during recursive calls:
53
54 sub foo {
55 local $some_global++;
56
57 # Do some stuff, then ...
58 return;
59 }
60
61What happens is that on entry to the subroutine, C<$some_global> is localized,
62then altered. When the subroutine returns, Perl automatically undoes the
63localization, restoring the previous value. Voila, automatic stack management.
64
65The debugger uses this trick a I<lot>. Of particular note is C<DB::eval>,
66which lets the debugger get control inside of C<eval>'ed code. The debugger
67localizes a saved copy of C<$@> inside the subroutine, which allows it to
68keep C<$@> safe until it C<DB::eval> returns, at which point the previous
69value of C<$@> is restored. This makes it simple (well, I<simpler>) to keep
70track of C<$@> inside C<eval>s which C<eval> other C<eval's>.
71
72In any case, watch for this pattern. It occurs fairly often.
73
74=head2 The C<^> trick
75
76This is used to cleverly reverse the sense of a logical test depending on
77the value of an auxiliary variable. For instance, the debugger's C<S>
78(search for subroutines by pattern) allows you to negate the pattern
79like this:
80
81 # Find all non-'foo' subs:
82 S !/foo/
83
84Boolean algebra states that the truth table for XOR looks like this:
85
86=over 4
87
88=item * 0 ^ 0 = 0
89
90(! not present and no match) --> false, don't print
91
92=item * 0 ^ 1 = 1
93
94(! not present and matches) --> true, print
95
96=item * 1 ^ 0 = 1
97
98(! present and no match) --> true, print
99
100=item * 1 ^ 1 = 0
101
102(! present and matches) --> false, don't print
103
104=back
105
106As you can see, the first pair applies when C<!> isn't supplied, and
107the second pair applies when it is. The XOR simply allows us to
108compact a more complicated if-then-elseif-else into a more elegant
109(but perhaps overly clever) single test. After all, it needed this
110explanation...
111
112=head2 FLAGS, FLAGS, FLAGS
113
114There is a certain C programming legacy in the debugger. Some variables,
115such as C<$single>, C<$trace>, and C<$frame>, have I<magical> values composed
116of 1, 2, 4, etc. (powers of 2) OR'ed together. This allows several pieces
117of state to be stored independently in a single scalar.
118
119A test like
120
121 if ($scalar & 4) ...
122
123is checking to see if the appropriate bit is on. Since each bit can be
124"addressed" independently in this way, C<$scalar> is acting sort of like
125an array of bits. Obviously, since the contents of C<$scalar> are just a
126bit-pattern, we can save and restore it easily (it will just look like
127a number).
128
129The problem, is of course, that this tends to leave magic numbers scattered
130all over your program whenever a bit is set, cleared, or checked. So why do
131it?
132
133=over 4
134
135=item *
136
137First, doing an arithmetical or bitwise operation on a scalar is
138just about the fastest thing you can do in Perl: C<use constant> actually
139creates a subroutine call, and array and hash lookups are much slower. Is
140this over-optimization at the expense of readability? Possibly, but the
141debugger accesses these variables a I<lot>. Any rewrite of the code will
142probably have to benchmark alternate implementations and see which is the
143best balance of readability and speed, and then document how it actually
144works.
145
146=item *
147
148Second, it's very easy to serialize a scalar number. This is done in
149the restart code; the debugger state variables are saved in C<%ENV> and then
150restored when the debugger is restarted. Having them be just numbers makes
151this trivial.
152
153=item *
154
155Third, some of these variables are being shared with the Perl core
156smack in the middle of the interpreter's execution loop. It's much faster for
157a C program (like the interpreter) to check a bit in a scalar than to access
158several different variables (or a Perl array).
159
160=back
161
162=head2 What are those C<XXX> comments for?
163
164Any comment containing C<XXX> means that the comment is either somewhat
165speculative - it's not exactly clear what a given variable or chunk of
166code is doing, or that it is incomplete - the basics may be clear, but the
167subtleties are not completely documented.
168
169Send in a patch if you can clear up, fill out, or clarify an C<XXX>.
170
171=head1 DATA STRUCTURES MAINTAINED BY CORE
172
173There are a number of special data structures provided to the debugger by
174the Perl interpreter.
175
176The array C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> (aliased locally to C<@dbline> via glob
177assignment) contains the text from C<$filename>, with each element
178corresponding to a single line of C<$filename>.
179
180The hash C<%{'_<'.$filename}> (aliased locally to C<%dbline> via glob
181assignment) contains breakpoints and actions. The keys are line numbers;
182you can set individual values, but not the whole hash. The Perl interpreter
183uses this hash to determine where breakpoints have been set. Any true value is
184considered to be a breakpoint; C<perl5db.pl> uses C<$break_condition\0$action>.
185Values are magical in numeric context: 1 if the line is breakable, 0 if not.
186
187The scalar C<${"_<$filename"}> simply contains the string C<_<$filename>.
188This is also the case for evaluated strings that contain subroutines, or
189which are currently being executed. The $filename for C<eval>ed strings looks
190like C<(eval 34)> or C<(re_eval 19)>.
191
192=head1 DEBUGGER STARTUP
193
194When C<perl5db.pl> starts, it reads an rcfile (C<perl5db.ini> for
195non-interactive sessions, C<.perldb> for interactive ones) that can set a number
196of options. In addition, this file may define a subroutine C<&afterinit>
197that will be executed (in the debugger's context) after the debugger has
198initialized itself.
199
200Next, it checks the C<PERLDB_OPTS> environment variable and treats its
201contents as the argument of a C<o> command in the debugger.
202
203=head2 STARTUP-ONLY OPTIONS
204
205The following options can only be specified at startup.
206To set them in your rcfile, add a call to
207C<&parse_options("optionName=new_value")>.
208
209=over 4
210
211=item * TTY
212
213the TTY to use for debugging i/o.
214
215=item * noTTY
216
217if set, goes in NonStop mode. On interrupt, if TTY is not set,
218uses the value of noTTY or F<$HOME/.perldbtty$$> to find TTY using
219Term::Rendezvous. Current variant is to have the name of TTY in this
220file.
221
222=item * ReadLine
223
224If false, a dummy ReadLine is used, so you can debug
225ReadLine applications.
226
227=item * NonStop
228
229if true, no i/o is performed until interrupt.
230
231=item * LineInfo
232
233file or pipe to print line number info to. If it is a
234pipe, a short "emacs like" message is used.
235
236=item * RemotePort
237
238host:port to connect to on remote host for remote debugging.
239
240=back
241
242=head3 SAMPLE RCFILE
243
244 &parse_options("NonStop=1 LineInfo=db.out");
245 sub afterinit { $trace = 1; }
246
247The script will run without human intervention, putting trace
248information into C<db.out>. (If you interrupt it, you had better
249reset C<LineInfo> to something I<interactive>!)
250
251=head1 INTERNALS DESCRIPTION
252
253=head2 DEBUGGER INTERFACE VARIABLES
254
255Perl supplies the values for C<%sub>. It effectively inserts
256a C<&DB::DB();> in front of each place that can have a
257breakpoint. At each subroutine call, it calls C<&DB::sub> with
258C<$DB::sub> set to the called subroutine. It also inserts a C<BEGIN
259{require 'perl5db.pl'}> before the first line.
260
261After each C<require>d file is compiled, but before it is executed, a
262call to C<&DB::postponed($main::{'_<'.$filename})> is done. C<$filename>
263is the expanded name of the C<require>d file (as found via C<%INC>).
264
265=head3 IMPORTANT INTERNAL VARIABLES
266
267=head4 C<$CreateTTY>
268
269Used to control when the debugger will attempt to acquire another TTY to be
270used for input.
271
272=over
273
274=item * 1 - on C<fork()>
275
276=item * 2 - debugger is started inside debugger
277
278=item * 4 - on startup
279
280=back
281
282=head4 C<$doret>
283
284The value -2 indicates that no return value should be printed.
285Any other positive value causes C<DB::sub> to print return values.
286
287=head4 C<$evalarg>
288
289The item to be eval'ed by C<DB::eval>. Used to prevent messing with the current
290contents of C<@_> when C<DB::eval> is called.
291
292=head4 C<$frame>
293
294Determines what messages (if any) will get printed when a subroutine (or eval)
295is entered or exited.
296
297=over 4
298
299=item * 0 - No enter/exit messages
300
301=item * 1 - Print I<entering> messages on subroutine entry
302
303=item * 2 - Adds exit messages on subroutine exit. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+2.
304
305=item * 4 - Extended messages: C<< <in|out> I<context>=I<fully-qualified sub name> from I<file>:I<line> >>. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+4.
306
307=item * 8 - Adds parameter information to messages, and overloaded stringify and tied FETCH is enabled on the printed arguments. Ignored if C<4> is not on.
308
309=item * 16 - Adds C<I<context> return from I<subname>: I<value>> messages on subroutine/eval exit. Ignored if C<4> is is not on.
310
311=back
312
313To get everything, use C<$frame=30> (or C<o f=30> as a debugger command).
314The debugger internally juggles the value of C<$frame> during execution to
315protect external modules that the debugger uses from getting traced.
316
317=head4 C<$level>
318
319Tracks current debugger nesting level. Used to figure out how many
320C<E<lt>E<gt>> pairs to surround the line number with when the debugger
321outputs a prompt. Also used to help determine if the program has finished
322during command parsing.
323
324=head4 C<$onetimeDump>
325
326Controls what (if anything) C<DB::eval()> will print after evaluating an
327expression.
328
329=over 4
330
331=item * C<undef> - don't print anything
332
333=item * C<dump> - use C<dumpvar.pl> to display the value returned
334
335=item * C<methods> - print the methods callable on the first item returned
336
337=back
338
339=head4 C<$onetimeDumpDepth>
340
341Controls how far down C<dumpvar.pl> will go before printing C<...> while
342dumping a structure. Numeric. If C<undef>, print all levels.
343
344=head4 C<$signal>
345
346Used to track whether or not an C<INT> signal has been detected. C<DB::DB()>,
347which is called before every statement, checks this and puts the user into
348command mode if it finds C<$signal> set to a true value.
349
350=head4 C<$single>
351
352Controls behavior during single-stepping. Stacked in C<@stack> on entry to
353each subroutine; popped again at the end of each subroutine.
354
355=over 4
356
357=item * 0 - run continuously.
358
359=item * 1 - single-step, go into subs. The C<s> command.
360
361=item * 2 - single-step, don't go into subs. The C<n> command.
362
363=item * 4 - print current sub depth (turned on to force this when C<too much
364recursion> occurs.
365
366=back
367
368=head4 C<$trace>
369
370Controls the output of trace information.
371
372=over 4
373
374=item * 1 - The C<t> command was entered to turn on tracing (every line executed is printed)
375
376=item * 2 - watch expressions are active
377
378=item * 4 - user defined a C<watchfunction()> in C<afterinit()>
379
380=back
381
382=head4 C<$slave_editor>
383
3841 if C<LINEINFO> was directed to a pipe; 0 otherwise.
385
386=head4 C<@cmdfhs>
387
388Stack of filehandles that C<DB::readline()> will read commands from.
389Manipulated by the debugger's C<source> command and C<DB::readline()> itself.
390
391=head4 C<@dbline>
392
393Local alias to the magical line array, C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> ,
394supplied by the Perl interpreter to the debugger. Contains the source.
395
396=head4 C<@old_watch>
397
398Previous values of watch expressions. First set when the expression is
399entered; reset whenever the watch expression changes.
400
401=head4 C<@saved>
402
403Saves important globals (C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, C<$^W>)
404so that the debugger can substitute safe values while it's running, and
405restore them when it returns control.
406
407=head4 C<@stack>
408
409Saves the current value of C<$single> on entry to a subroutine.
410Manipulated by the C<c> command to turn off tracing in all subs above the
411current one.
412
413=head4 C<@to_watch>
414
415The 'watch' expressions: to be evaluated before each line is executed.
416
417=head4 C<@typeahead>
418
419The typeahead buffer, used by C<DB::readline>.
420
421=head4 C<%alias>
422
423Command aliases. Stored as character strings to be substituted for a command
424entered.
425
426=head4 C<%break_on_load>
427
428Keys are file names, values are 1 (break when this file is loaded) or undef
429(don't break when it is loaded).
430
431=head4 C<%dbline>
432
433Keys are line numbers, values are C<condition\0action>. If used in numeric
434context, values are 0 if not breakable, 1 if breakable, no matter what is
435in the actual hash entry.
436
437=head4 C<%had_breakpoints>
438
439Keys are file names; values are bitfields:
440
441=over 4
442
443=item * 1 - file has a breakpoint in it.
444
445=item * 2 - file has an action in it.
446
447=back
448
449A zero or undefined value means this file has neither.
450
451=head4 C<%option>
452
453Stores the debugger options. These are character string values.
454
455=head4 C<%postponed>
456
457Saves breakpoints for code that hasn't been compiled yet.
458Keys are subroutine names, values are:
459
460=over 4
461
462=item * C<compile> - break when this sub is compiled
463
464=item * C<< break +0 if <condition> >> - break (conditionally) at the start of this routine. The condition will be '1' if no condition was specified.
465
466=back
467
468=head4 C<%postponed_file>
469
470This hash keeps track of breakpoints that need to be set for files that have
471not yet been compiled. Keys are filenames; values are references to hashes.
472Each of these hashes is keyed by line number, and its values are breakpoint
473definitions (C<condition\0action>).
474
475=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION
476
477The debugger's initialization actually jumps all over the place inside this
478package. This is because there are several BEGIN blocks (which of course
479execute immediately) spread through the code. Why is that?
480
481The debugger needs to be able to change some things and set some things up
482before the debugger code is compiled; most notably, the C<$deep> variable that
483C<DB::sub> uses to tell when a program has recursed deeply. In addition, the
484debugger has to turn off warnings while the debugger code is compiled, but then
485restore them to their original setting before the program being debugged begins
486executing.
487
488The first C<BEGIN> block simply turns off warnings by saving the current
489setting of C<$^W> and then setting it to zero. The second one initializes
490the debugger variables that are needed before the debugger begins executing.
491The third one puts C<$^X> back to its former value.
492
493We'll detail the second C<BEGIN> block later; just remember that if you need
494to initialize something before the debugger starts really executing, that's
495where it has to go.
496
497=cut
498
499package DB;
500
501use IO::Handle;
502
503# Debugger for Perl 5.00x; perl5db.pl patch level:
504$VERSION = 1.28;
505
506$header = "perl5db.pl version $VERSION";
507
508=head1 DEBUGGER ROUTINES
509
510=head2 C<DB::eval()>
511
512This function replaces straight C<eval()> inside the debugger; it simplifies
513the process of evaluating code in the user's context.
514
515The code to be evaluated is passed via the package global variable
516C<$DB::evalarg>; this is done to avoid fiddling with the contents of C<@_>.
517
518Before we do the C<eval()>, we preserve the current settings of C<$trace>,
519C<$single>, C<$^D> and C<$usercontext>. The latter contains the
520preserved values of C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, C<$^W> and the
521user's current package, grabbed when C<DB::DB> got control. This causes the
522proper context to be used when the eval is actually done. Afterward, we
523restore C<$trace>, C<$single>, and C<$^D>.
524
525Next we need to handle C<$@> without getting confused. We save C<$@> in a
526local lexical, localize C<$saved[0]> (which is where C<save()> will put
527C<$@>), and then call C<save()> to capture C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>,
528C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W>) and set C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W> to values
529considered sane by the debugger. If there was an C<eval()> error, we print
530it on the debugger's output. If C<$onetimedump> is defined, we call
531C<dumpit> if it's set to 'dump', or C<methods> if it's set to
532'methods'. Setting it to something else causes the debugger to do the eval
533but not print the result - handy if you want to do something else with it
534(the "watch expressions" code does this to get the value of the watch
535expression but not show it unless it matters).
536
537In any case, we then return the list of output from C<eval> to the caller,
538and unwinding restores the former version of C<$@> in C<@saved> as well
539(the localization of C<$saved[0]> goes away at the end of this scope).
540
541=head3 Parameters and variables influencing execution of DB::eval()
542
543C<DB::eval> isn't parameterized in the standard way; this is to keep the
544debugger's calls to C<DB::eval()> from mucking with C<@_>, among other things.
545The variables listed below influence C<DB::eval()>'s execution directly.
546
547=over 4
548
549=item C<$evalarg> - the thing to actually be eval'ed
550
551=item C<$trace> - Current state of execution tracing
552
553=item C<$single> - Current state of single-stepping
554
555=item C<$onetimeDump> - what is to be displayed after the evaluation
556
557=item C<$onetimeDumpDepth> - how deep C<dumpit()> should go when dumping results
558
559=back
560
561The following variables are altered by C<DB::eval()> during its execution. They
562are "stacked" via C<local()>, enabling recursive calls to C<DB::eval()>.
563
564=over 4
565
566=item C<@res> - used to capture output from actual C<eval>.
567
568=item C<$otrace> - saved value of C<$trace>.
569
570=item C<$osingle> - saved value of C<$single>.
571
572=item C<$od> - saved value of C<$^D>.
573
574=item C<$saved[0]> - saved value of C<$@>.
575
576=item $\ - for output of C<$@> if there is an evaluation error.
577
578=back
579
580=head3 The problem of lexicals
581
582The context of C<DB::eval()> presents us with some problems. Obviously,
583we want to be 'sandboxed' away from the debugger's internals when we do
584the eval, but we need some way to control how punctuation variables and
585debugger globals are used.
586
587We can't use local, because the code inside C<DB::eval> can see localized
588variables; and we can't use C<my> either for the same reason. The code
589in this routine compromises and uses C<my>.
590
591After this routine is over, we don't have user code executing in the debugger's
592context, so we can use C<my> freely.
593
594=cut
595
596############################################## Begin lexical danger zone
597
598# 'my' variables used here could leak into (that is, be visible in)
599# the context that the code being evaluated is executing in. This means that
600# the code could modify the debugger's variables.
601#
602# Fiddling with the debugger's context could be Bad. We insulate things as
603# much as we can.
604
605sub eval {
606
607 # 'my' would make it visible from user code
608 # but so does local! --tchrist
609 # Remember: this localizes @DB::res, not @main::res.
610 local @res;
611 {
612
613 # Try to keep the user code from messing with us. Save these so that
614 # even if the eval'ed code changes them, we can put them back again.
615 # Needed because the user could refer directly to the debugger's
616 # package globals (and any 'my' variables in this containing scope)
617 # inside the eval(), and we want to try to stay safe.
618 local $otrace = $trace;
619 local $osingle = $single;
620 local $od = $^D;
621
622 # Untaint the incoming eval() argument.
623 { ($evalarg) = $evalarg =~ /(.*)/s; }
624
625 # $usercontext built in DB::DB near the comment
626 # "set up the context for DB::eval ..."
627 # Evaluate and save any results.
628 @res = eval "$usercontext $evalarg;\n"; # '\n' for nice recursive debug
629
630 # Restore those old values.
631 $trace = $otrace;
632 $single = $osingle;
633 $^D = $od;
634 }
635
636 # Save the current value of $@, and preserve it in the debugger's copy
637 # of the saved precious globals.
638 my $at = $@;
639
640 # Since we're only saving $@, we only have to localize the array element
641 # that it will be stored in.
642 local $saved[0]; # Preserve the old value of $@
643 eval { &DB::save };
644
645 # Now see whether we need to report an error back to the user.
646 if ($at) {
647 local $\ = '';
648 print $OUT $at;
649 }
650
651 # Display as required by the caller. $onetimeDump and $onetimedumpDepth
652 # are package globals.
653 elsif ($onetimeDump) {
654 if ( $onetimeDump eq 'dump' ) {
655 local $option{dumpDepth} = $onetimedumpDepth
656 if defined $onetimedumpDepth;
657 dumpit( $OUT, \@res );
658 }
659 elsif ( $onetimeDump eq 'methods' ) {
660 methods( $res[0] );
661 }
662 } ## end elsif ($onetimeDump)
663 @res;
664} ## end sub eval
665
666############################################## End lexical danger zone
667
668# After this point it is safe to introduce lexicals.
669# The code being debugged will be executing in its own context, and
670# can't see the inside of the debugger.
671#
672# However, one should not overdo it: leave as much control from outside as
673# possible. If you make something a lexical, it's not going to be addressable
674# from outside the debugger even if you know its name.
675
676# This file is automatically included if you do perl -d.
677# It's probably not useful to include this yourself.
678#
679# Before venturing further into these twisty passages, it is
680# wise to read the perldebguts man page or risk the ire of dragons.
681#
682# (It should be noted that perldebguts will tell you a lot about
683# the underlying mechanics of how the debugger interfaces into the
684# Perl interpreter, but not a lot about the debugger itself. The new
685# comments in this code try to address this problem.)
686
687# Note that no subroutine call is possible until &DB::sub is defined
688# (for subroutines defined outside of the package DB). In fact the same is
689# true if $deep is not defined.
690
691# Enhanced by ilya@math.ohio-state.edu (Ilya Zakharevich)
692
693# modified Perl debugger, to be run from Emacs in perldb-mode
694# Ray Lischner (uunet!mntgfx!lisch) as of 5 Nov 1990
695# Johan Vromans -- upgrade to 4.0 pl 10
696# Ilya Zakharevich -- patches after 5.001 (and some before ;-)
697
698# (We have made efforts to clarify the comments in the change log
699# in other places; some of them may seem somewhat obscure as they
700# were originally written, and explaining them away from the code
701# in question seems conterproductive.. -JM)
702
703########################################################################
704# Changes: 0.94
705# + A lot of things changed after 0.94. First of all, core now informs
706# debugger about entry into XSUBs, overloaded operators, tied operations,
707# BEGIN and END. Handy with `O f=2'.
708# + This can make debugger a little bit too verbose, please be patient
709# and report your problems promptly.
710# + Now the option frame has 3 values: 0,1,2. XXX Document!
711# + Note that if DESTROY returns a reference to the object (or object),
712# the deletion of data may be postponed until the next function call,
713# due to the need to examine the return value.
714#
715# Changes: 0.95
716# + `v' command shows versions.
717#
718# Changes: 0.96
719# + `v' command shows version of readline.
720# primitive completion works (dynamic variables, subs for `b' and `l',
721# options). Can `p %var'
722# + Better help (`h <' now works). New commands <<, >>, {, {{.
723# {dump|print}_trace() coded (to be able to do it from <<cmd).
724# + `c sub' documented.
725# + At last enough magic combined to stop after the end of debuggee.
726# + !! should work now (thanks to Emacs bracket matching an extra
727# `]' in a regexp is caught).
728# + `L', `D' and `A' span files now (as documented).
729# + Breakpoints in `require'd code are possible (used in `R').
730# + Some additional words on internal work of debugger.
731# + `b load filename' implemented.
732# + `b postpone subr' implemented.
733# + now only `q' exits debugger (overwritable on $inhibit_exit).
734# + When restarting debugger breakpoints/actions persist.
735# + Buglet: When restarting debugger only one breakpoint/action per
736# autoloaded function persists.
737#
738# Changes: 0.97: NonStop will not stop in at_exit().
739# + Option AutoTrace implemented.
740# + Trace printed differently if frames are printed too.
741# + new `inhibitExit' option.
742# + printing of a very long statement interruptible.
743# Changes: 0.98: New command `m' for printing possible methods
744# + 'l -' is a synonym for `-'.
745# + Cosmetic bugs in printing stack trace.
746# + `frame' & 8 to print "expanded args" in stack trace.
747# + Can list/break in imported subs.
748# + new `maxTraceLen' option.
749# + frame & 4 and frame & 8 granted.
750# + new command `m'
751# + nonstoppable lines do not have `:' near the line number.
752# + `b compile subname' implemented.
753# + Will not use $` any more.
754# + `-' behaves sane now.
755# Changes: 0.99: Completion for `f', `m'.
756# + `m' will remove duplicate names instead of duplicate functions.
757# + `b load' strips trailing whitespace.
758# completion ignores leading `|'; takes into account current package
759# when completing a subroutine name (same for `l').
760# Changes: 1.07: Many fixed by tchrist 13-March-2000
761# BUG FIXES:
762# + Added bare minimal security checks on perldb rc files, plus
763# comments on what else is needed.
764# + Fixed the ornaments that made "|h" completely unusable.
765# They are not used in print_help if they will hurt. Strip pod
766# if we're paging to less.
767# + Fixed mis-formatting of help messages caused by ornaments
768# to restore Larry's original formatting.
769# + Fixed many other formatting errors. The code is still suboptimal,
770# and needs a lot of work at restructuring. It's also misindented
771# in many places.
772# + Fixed bug where trying to look at an option like your pager
773# shows "1".
774# + Fixed some $? processing. Note: if you use csh or tcsh, you will
775# lose. You should consider shell escapes not using their shell,
776# or else not caring about detailed status. This should really be
777# unified into one place, too.
778# + Fixed bug where invisible trailing whitespace on commands hoses you,
779# tricking Perl into thinking you weren't calling a debugger command!
780# + Fixed bug where leading whitespace on commands hoses you. (One
781# suggests a leading semicolon or any other irrelevant non-whitespace
782# to indicate literal Perl code.)
783# + Fixed bugs that ate warnings due to wrong selected handle.
784# + Fixed a precedence bug on signal stuff.
785# + Fixed some unseemly wording.
786# + Fixed bug in help command trying to call perl method code.
787# + Fixed to call dumpvar from exception handler. SIGPIPE killed us.
788# ENHANCEMENTS:
789# + Added some comments. This code is still nasty spaghetti.
790# + Added message if you clear your pre/post command stacks which was
791# very easy to do if you just typed a bare >, <, or {. (A command
792# without an argument should *never* be a destructive action; this
793# API is fundamentally screwed up; likewise option setting, which
794# is equally buggered.)
795# + Added command stack dump on argument of "?" for >, <, or {.
796# + Added a semi-built-in doc viewer command that calls man with the
797# proper %Config::Config path (and thus gets caching, man -k, etc),
798# or else perldoc on obstreperous platforms.
799# + Added to and rearranged the help information.
800# + Detected apparent misuse of { ... } to declare a block; this used
801# to work but now is a command, and mysteriously gave no complaint.
802#
803# Changes: 1.08: Apr 25, 2001 Jon Eveland <jweveland@yahoo.com>
804# BUG FIX:
805# + This patch to perl5db.pl cleans up formatting issues on the help
806# summary (h h) screen in the debugger. Mostly columnar alignment
807# issues, plus converted the printed text to use all spaces, since
808# tabs don't seem to help much here.
809#
810# Changes: 1.09: May 19, 2001 Ilya Zakharevich <ilya@math.ohio-state.edu>
811# Minor bugs corrected;
812# + Support for auto-creation of new TTY window on startup, either
813# unconditionally, or if started as a kid of another debugger session;
814# + New `O'ption CreateTTY
815# I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
816# 1: on fork()
817# 2: debugger is started inside debugger
818# 4: on startup
819# + Code to auto-create a new TTY window on OS/2 (currently one
820# extra window per session - need named pipes to have more...);
821# + Simplified interface for custom createTTY functions (with a backward
822# compatibility hack); now returns the TTY name to use; return of ''
823# means that the function reset the I/O handles itself;
824# + Better message on the semantic of custom createTTY function;
825# + Convert the existing code to create a TTY into a custom createTTY
826# function;
827# + Consistent support for TTY names of the form "TTYin,TTYout";
828# + Switch line-tracing output too to the created TTY window;
829# + make `b fork' DWIM with CORE::GLOBAL::fork;
830# + High-level debugger API cmd_*():
831# cmd_b_load($filenamepart) # b load filenamepart
832# cmd_b_line($lineno [, $cond]) # b lineno [cond]
833# cmd_b_sub($sub [, $cond]) # b sub [cond]
834# cmd_stop() # Control-C
835# cmd_d($lineno) # d lineno (B)
836# The cmd_*() API returns FALSE on failure; in this case it outputs
837# the error message to the debugging output.
838# + Low-level debugger API
839# break_on_load($filename) # b load filename
840# @files = report_break_on_load() # List files with load-breakpoints
841# breakable_line_in_filename($name, $from [, $to])
842# # First breakable line in the
843# # range $from .. $to. $to defaults
844# # to $from, and may be less than
845# # $to
846# breakable_line($from [, $to]) # Same for the current file
847# break_on_filename_line($name, $lineno [, $cond])
848# # Set breakpoint,$cond defaults to
849# # 1
850# break_on_filename_line_range($name, $from, $to [, $cond])
851# # As above, on the first
852# # breakable line in range
853# break_on_line($lineno [, $cond]) # As above, in the current file
854# break_subroutine($sub [, $cond]) # break on the first breakable line
855# ($name, $from, $to) = subroutine_filename_lines($sub)
856# # The range of lines of the text
857# The low-level API returns TRUE on success, and die()s on failure.
858#
859# Changes: 1.10: May 23, 2001 Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu>
860# BUG FIXES:
861# + Fixed warnings generated by "perl -dWe 42"
862# + Corrected spelling errors
863# + Squeezed Help (h) output into 80 columns
864#
865# Changes: 1.11: May 24, 2001 David Dyck <dcd@tc.fluke.com>
866# + Made "x @INC" work like it used to
867#
868# Changes: 1.12: May 24, 2001 Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu>
869# + Fixed warnings generated by "O" (Show debugger options)
870# + Fixed warnings generated by "p 42" (Print expression)
871# Changes: 1.13: Jun 19, 2001 Scott.L.Miller@compaq.com
872# + Added windowSize option
873# Changes: 1.14: Oct 9, 2001 multiple
874# + Clean up after itself on VMS (Charles Lane in 12385)
875# + Adding "@ file" syntax (Peter Scott in 12014)
876# + Debug reloading selfloaded stuff (Ilya Zakharevich in 11457)
877# + $^S and other debugger fixes (Ilya Zakharevich in 11120)
878# + Forgot a my() declaration (Ilya Zakharevich in 11085)
879# Changes: 1.15: Nov 6, 2001 Michael G Schwern <schwern@pobox.com>
880# + Updated 1.14 change log
881# + Added *dbline explainatory comments
882# + Mentioning perldebguts man page
883# Changes: 1.16: Feb 15, 2002 Mark-Jason Dominus <mjd@plover.com>
884# + $onetimeDump improvements
885# Changes: 1.17: Feb 20, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
886# Moved some code to cmd_[.]()'s for clarity and ease of handling,
887# rationalised the following commands and added cmd_wrapper() to
888# enable switching between old and frighteningly consistent new
889# behaviours for diehards: 'o CommandSet=pre580' (sigh...)
890# a(add), A(del) # action expr (added del by line)
891# + b(add), B(del) # break [line] (was b,D)
892# + w(add), W(del) # watch expr (was W,W)
893# # added del by expr
894# + h(summary), h h(long) # help (hh) (was h h,h)
895# + m(methods), M(modules) # ... (was m,v)
896# + o(option) # lc (was O)
897# + v(view code), V(view Variables) # ... (was w,V)
898# Changes: 1.18: Mar 17, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
899# + fixed missing cmd_O bug
900# Changes: 1.19: Mar 29, 2002 Spider Boardman
901# + Added missing local()s -- DB::DB is called recursively.
902# Changes: 1.20: Feb 17, 2003 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
903# + pre'n'post commands no longer trashed with no args
904# + watch val joined out of eval()
905# Changes: 1.21: Jun 04, 2003 Joe McMahon <mcmahon@ibiblio.org>
906# + Added comments and reformatted source. No bug fixes/enhancements.
907# + Includes cleanup by Robin Barker and Jarkko Hietaniemi.
908# Changes: 1.22 Jun 09, 2003 Alex Vandiver <alexmv@MIT.EDU>
909# + Flush stdout/stderr before the debugger prompt is printed.
910# Changes: 1.23: Dec 21, 2003 Dominique Quatravaux
911# + Fix a side-effect of bug #24674 in the perl debugger ("odd taint bug")
912# Changes: 1.24: Mar 03, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
913# + Added command to save all debugger commands for sourcing later.
914# + Added command to display parent inheritance tree of given class.
915# + Fixed minor newline in history bug.
916# Changes: 1.25: Apr 17, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
917# + Fixed option bug (setting invalid options + not recognising valid short forms)
918# Changes: 1.26: Apr 22, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
919# + unfork the 5.8.x and 5.9.x debuggers.
920# + whitespace and assertions call cleanup across versions
921# + H * deletes (resets) history
922# + i now handles Class + blessed objects
923# Changes: 1.27: May 09, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
924# + updated pod page references - clunky.
925# + removed windowid restriction for forking into an xterm.
926# + more whitespace again.
927# + wrapped restart and enabled rerun [-n] (go back n steps) command.
928# Changes: 1.28: Oct 12, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
929# + Added threads support (inc. e and E commands)
930####################################################################
931
932=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION
933
934The debugger starts up in phases.
935
936=head2 BASIC SETUP
937
938First, it initializes the environment it wants to run in: turning off
939warnings during its own compilation, defining variables which it will need
940to avoid warnings later, setting itself up to not exit when the program
941terminates, and defaulting to printing return values for the C<r> command.
942
943=cut
944
945# Needed for the statement after exec():
946#
947# This BEGIN block is simply used to switch off warnings during debugger
948# compiliation. Probably it would be better practice to fix the warnings,
949# but this is how it's done at the moment.
950
951BEGIN {
952 $ini_warn = $^W;
953 $^W = 0;
954} # Switch compilation warnings off until another BEGIN.
955
956# test if assertions are supported and actived:
957BEGIN {
958 $ini_assertion = eval "sub asserting_test : assertion {1}; 1";
959
960 # $ini_assertion = undef => assertions unsupported,
961 # " = 1 => assertions supported
962 # print "\$ini_assertion=$ini_assertion\n";
963}
964
965local ($^W) = 0; # Switch run-time warnings off during init.
966
967=head2 THREADS SUPPORT
968
969If we are running under a threaded Perl, we require threads and threads::shared
970if the environment variable C<PERL5DB_THREADED> is set, to enable proper
971threaded debugger control. C<-dt> can also be used to set this.
972
973Each new thread will be announced and the debugger prompt will always inform
974you of each new thread created. It will also indicate the thread id in which
975we are currently running within the prompt like this:
976
977 [tid] DB<$i>
978
979Where C<[tid]> is an integer thread id and C<$i> is the familiar debugger
980command prompt. The prompt will show: C<[0]> when running under threads, but
981not actually in a thread. C<[tid]> is consistent with C<gdb> usage.
982
983While running under threads, when you set or delete a breakpoint (etc.), this
984will apply to all threads, not just the currently running one. When you are
985in a currently executing thread, you will stay there until it completes. With
986the current implementation it is not currently possible to hop from one thread
987to another.
988
989The C<e> and C<E> commands are currently fairly minimal - see C<h e> and C<h E>.
990
991Note that threading support was built into the debugger as of Perl version
992C<5.8.6> and debugger version C<1.2.8>.
993
994=cut
995
996BEGIN {
997 # ensure we can share our non-threaded variables or no-op
998 if ($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
999 require threads;
1000 require threads::shared;
1001 import threads::shared qw(share);
1002 $DBGR;
1003 share(\$DBGR);
1004 lock($DBGR);
1005 print "Threads support enabled\n";
1006 } else {
1007 *lock = sub(*) {};
1008 *share = sub(*) {};
1009 }
1010}
1011
1012# This would probably be better done with "use vars", but that wasn't around
1013# when this code was originally written. (Neither was "use strict".) And on
1014# the principle of not fiddling with something that was working, this was
1015# left alone.
1016warn( # Do not ;-)
1017 # These variables control the execution of 'dumpvar.pl'.
1018 $dumpvar::hashDepth,
1019 $dumpvar::arrayDepth,
1020 $dumpvar::dumpDBFiles,
1021 $dumpvar::dumpPackages,
1022 $dumpvar::quoteHighBit,
1023 $dumpvar::printUndef,
1024 $dumpvar::globPrint,
1025 $dumpvar::usageOnly,
1026
1027 # used to save @ARGV and extract any debugger-related flags.
1028 @ARGS,
1029
1030 # used to control die() reporting in diesignal()
1031 $Carp::CarpLevel,
1032
1033 # used to prevent multiple entries to diesignal()
1034 # (if for instance diesignal() itself dies)
1035 $panic,
1036
1037 # used to prevent the debugger from running nonstop
1038 # after a restart
1039 $second_time,
1040 )
1041 if 0;
1042
1043foreach my $k (keys (%INC)) {
1044 &share(\$main::{'_<'.$filename});
1045};
1046
1047# Command-line + PERLLIB:
1048# Save the contents of @INC before they are modified elsewhere.
1049@ini_INC = @INC;
1050
1051# This was an attempt to clear out the previous values of various
1052# trapped errors. Apparently it didn't help. XXX More info needed!
1053# $prevwarn = $prevdie = $prevbus = $prevsegv = ''; # Does not help?!
1054
1055# We set these variables to safe values. We don't want to blindly turn
1056# off warnings, because other packages may still want them.
1057$trace = $signal = $single = 0; # Uninitialized warning suppression
1058 # (local $^W cannot help - other packages!).
1059
1060# Default to not exiting when program finishes; print the return
1061# value when the 'r' command is used to return from a subroutine.
1062$inhibit_exit = $option{PrintRet} = 1;
1063
1064=head1 OPTION PROCESSING
1065
1066The debugger's options are actually spread out over the debugger itself and
1067C<dumpvar.pl>; some of these are variables to be set, while others are
1068subs to be called with a value. To try to make this a little easier to
1069manage, the debugger uses a few data structures to define what options
1070are legal and how they are to be processed.
1071
1072First, the C<@options> array defines the I<names> of all the options that
1073are to be accepted.
1074
1075=cut
1076
1077@options = qw(
1078 CommandSet
1079 hashDepth arrayDepth dumpDepth
1080 DumpDBFiles DumpPackages DumpReused
1081 compactDump veryCompact quote
1082 HighBit undefPrint globPrint
1083 PrintRet UsageOnly frame
1084 AutoTrace TTY noTTY
1085 ReadLine NonStop LineInfo
1086 maxTraceLen recallCommand ShellBang
1087 pager tkRunning ornaments
1088 signalLevel warnLevel dieLevel
1089 inhibit_exit ImmediateStop bareStringify
1090 CreateTTY RemotePort windowSize
1091 DollarCaretP OnlyAssertions WarnAssertions
1092);
1093
1094@RememberOnROptions = qw(DollarCaretP OnlyAssertions);
1095
1096=pod
1097
1098Second, C<optionVars> lists the variables that each option uses to save its
1099state.
1100
1101=cut
1102
1103%optionVars = (
1104 hashDepth => \$dumpvar::hashDepth,
1105 arrayDepth => \$dumpvar::arrayDepth,
1106 CommandSet => \$CommandSet,
1107 DumpDBFiles => \$dumpvar::dumpDBFiles,
1108 DumpPackages => \$dumpvar::dumpPackages,
1109 DumpReused => \$dumpvar::dumpReused,
1110 HighBit => \$dumpvar::quoteHighBit,
1111 undefPrint => \$dumpvar::printUndef,
1112 globPrint => \$dumpvar::globPrint,
1113 UsageOnly => \$dumpvar::usageOnly,
1114 CreateTTY => \$CreateTTY,
1115 bareStringify => \$dumpvar::bareStringify,
1116 frame => \$frame,
1117 AutoTrace => \$trace,
1118 inhibit_exit => \$inhibit_exit,
1119 maxTraceLen => \$maxtrace,
1120 ImmediateStop => \$ImmediateStop,
1121 RemotePort => \$remoteport,
1122 windowSize => \$window,
1123 WarnAssertions => \$warnassertions,
1124);
1125
1126=pod
1127
1128Third, C<%optionAction> defines the subroutine to be called to process each
1129option.
1130
1131=cut
1132
1133%optionAction = (
1134 compactDump => \&dumpvar::compactDump,
1135 veryCompact => \&dumpvar::veryCompact,
1136 quote => \&dumpvar::quote,
1137 TTY => \&TTY,
1138 noTTY => \&noTTY,
1139 ReadLine => \&ReadLine,
1140 NonStop => \&NonStop,
1141 LineInfo => \&LineInfo,
1142 recallCommand => \&recallCommand,
1143 ShellBang => \&shellBang,
1144 pager => \&pager,
1145 signalLevel => \&signalLevel,
1146 warnLevel => \&warnLevel,
1147 dieLevel => \&dieLevel,
1148 tkRunning => \&tkRunning,
1149 ornaments => \&ornaments,
1150 RemotePort => \&RemotePort,
1151 DollarCaretP => \&DollarCaretP,
1152 OnlyAssertions=> \&OnlyAssertions,
1153);
1154
1155=pod
1156
1157Last, the C<%optionRequire> notes modules that must be C<require>d if an
1158option is used.
1159
1160=cut
1161
1162# Note that this list is not complete: several options not listed here
1163# actually require that dumpvar.pl be loaded for them to work, but are
1164# not in the table. A subsequent patch will correct this problem; for
1165# the moment, we're just recommenting, and we are NOT going to change
1166# function.
1167%optionRequire = (
1168 compactDump => 'dumpvar.pl',
1169 veryCompact => 'dumpvar.pl',
1170 quote => 'dumpvar.pl',
1171);
1172
1173=pod
1174
1175There are a number of initialization-related variables which can be set
1176by putting code to set them in a BEGIN block in the C<PERL5DB> environment
1177variable. These are:
1178
1179=over 4
1180
1181=item C<$rl> - readline control XXX needs more explanation
1182
1183=item C<$warnLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over warning handling
1184
1185=item C<$dieLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over die handling
1186
1187=item C<$signalLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over signal handling
1188
1189=item C<$pre> - preprompt actions (array reference)
1190
1191=item C<$post> - postprompt actions (array reference)
1192
1193=item C<$pretype>
1194
1195=item C<$CreateTTY> - whether or not to create a new TTY for this debugger
1196
1197=item C<$CommandSet> - which command set to use (defaults to new, documented set)
1198
1199=back
1200
1201=cut
1202
1203# These guys may be defined in $ENV{PERL5DB} :
1204$rl = 1 unless defined $rl;
1205$warnLevel = 1 unless defined $warnLevel;
1206$dieLevel = 1 unless defined $dieLevel;
1207$signalLevel = 1 unless defined $signalLevel;
1208$pre = [] unless defined $pre;
1209$post = [] unless defined $post;
1210$pretype = [] unless defined $pretype;
1211$CreateTTY = 3 unless defined $CreateTTY;
1212$CommandSet = '580' unless defined $CommandSet;
1213
1214share($rl);
1215share($warnLevel);
1216share($dieLevel);
1217share($signalLevel);
1218share($pre);
1219share($post);
1220share($pretype);
1221share($rl);
1222share($CreateTTY);
1223share($CommandSet);
1224
1225=pod
1226
1227The default C<die>, C<warn>, and C<signal> handlers are set up.
1228
1229=cut
1230
1231warnLevel($warnLevel);
1232dieLevel($dieLevel);
1233signalLevel($signalLevel);
1234
1235=pod
1236
1237The pager to be used is needed next. We try to get it from the
1238environment first. if it's not defined there, we try to find it in
1239the Perl C<Config.pm>. If it's not there, we default to C<more>. We
1240then call the C<pager()> function to save the pager name.
1241
1242=cut
1243
1244# This routine makes sure $pager is set up so that '|' can use it.
1245pager(
1246
1247 # If PAGER is defined in the environment, use it.
1248 defined $ENV{PAGER}
1249 ? $ENV{PAGER}
1250
1251 # If not, see if Config.pm defines it.
1252 : eval { require Config }
1253 && defined $Config::Config{pager}
1254 ? $Config::Config{pager}
1255
1256 # If not, fall back to 'more'.
1257 : 'more'
1258 )
1259 unless defined $pager;
1260
1261=pod
1262
1263We set up the command to be used to access the man pages, the command
1264recall character (C<!> unless otherwise defined) and the shell escape
1265character (C<!> unless otherwise defined). Yes, these do conflict, and
1266neither works in the debugger at the moment.
1267
1268=cut
1269
1270setman();
1271
1272# Set up defaults for command recall and shell escape (note:
1273# these currently don't work in linemode debugging).
1274&recallCommand("!") unless defined $prc;
1275&shellBang("!") unless defined $psh;
1276
1277=pod
1278
1279We then set up the gigantic string containing the debugger help.
1280We also set the limit on the number of arguments we'll display during a
1281trace.
1282
1283=cut
1284
1285sethelp();
1286
1287# If we didn't get a default for the length of eval/stack trace args,
1288# set it here.
1289$maxtrace = 400 unless defined $maxtrace;
1290
1291=head2 SETTING UP THE DEBUGGER GREETING
1292
1293The debugger I<greeting> helps to inform the user how many debuggers are
1294running, and whether the current debugger is the primary or a child.
1295
1296If we are the primary, we just hang onto our pid so we'll have it when
1297or if we start a child debugger. If we are a child, we'll set things up
1298so we'll have a unique greeting and so the parent will give us our own
1299TTY later.
1300
1301We save the current contents of the C<PERLDB_PIDS> environment variable
1302because we mess around with it. We'll also need to hang onto it because
1303we'll need it if we restart.
1304
1305Child debuggers make a label out of the current PID structure recorded in
1306PERLDB_PIDS plus the new PID. They also mark themselves as not having a TTY
1307yet so the parent will give them one later via C<resetterm()>.
1308
1309=cut
1310
1311# Save the current contents of the environment; we're about to
1312# much with it. We'll need this if we have to restart.
1313$ini_pids = $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS};
1314
1315if ( defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} ) {
1316
1317 # We're a child. Make us a label out of the current PID structure
1318 # recorded in PERLDB_PIDS plus our (new) PID. Mark us as not having
1319 # a term yet so the parent will give us one later via resetterm().
1320 $pids = "[$ENV{PERLDB_PIDS}]";
1321 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} .= "->$$";
1322 $term_pid = -1;
1323} ## end if (defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS...
1324else {
1325
1326 # We're the parent PID. Initialize PERLDB_PID in case we end up with a
1327 # child debugger, and mark us as the parent, so we'll know to set up
1328 # more TTY's is we have to.
1329 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = "$$";
1330 $pids = "{pid=$$}";
1331 $term_pid = $$;
1332}
1333
1334$pidprompt = '';
1335
1336# Sets up $emacs as a synonym for $slave_editor.
1337*emacs = $slave_editor if $slave_editor; # May be used in afterinit()...
1338
1339=head2 READING THE RC FILE
1340
1341The debugger will read a file of initialization options if supplied. If
1342running interactively, this is C<.perldb>; if not, it's C<perldb.ini>.
1343
1344=cut
1345
1346# As noted, this test really doesn't check accurately that the debugger
1347# is running at a terminal or not.
1348
1349if ( -e "/dev/tty" ) { # this is the wrong metric!
1350 $rcfile = ".perldb";
1351}
1352else {
1353 $rcfile = "perldb.ini";
1354}
1355
1356=pod
1357
1358The debugger does a safety test of the file to be read. It must be owned
1359either by the current user or root, and must only be writable by the owner.
1360
1361=cut
1362
1363# This wraps a safety test around "do" to read and evaluate the init file.
1364#
1365# This isn't really safe, because there's a race
1366# between checking and opening. The solution is to
1367# open and fstat the handle, but then you have to read and
1368# eval the contents. But then the silly thing gets
1369# your lexical scope, which is unfortunate at best.
1370sub safe_do {
1371 my $file = shift;
1372
1373 # Just exactly what part of the word "CORE::" don't you understand?
1374 local $SIG{__WARN__};
1375 local $SIG{__DIE__};
1376
1377 unless ( is_safe_file($file) ) {
1378 CORE::warn <<EO_GRIPE;
1379perldb: Must not source insecure rcfile $file.
1380 You or the superuser must be the owner, and it must not
1381 be writable by anyone but its owner.
1382EO_GRIPE
1383 return;
1384 } ## end unless (is_safe_file($file...
1385
1386 do $file;
1387 CORE::warn("perldb: couldn't parse $file: $@") if $@;
1388} ## end sub safe_do
1389
1390# This is the safety test itself.
1391#
1392# Verifies that owner is either real user or superuser and that no
1393# one but owner may write to it. This function is of limited use
1394# when called on a path instead of upon a handle, because there are
1395# no guarantees that filename (by dirent) whose file (by ino) is
1396# eventually accessed is the same as the one tested.
1397# Assumes that the file's existence is not in doubt.
1398sub is_safe_file {
1399 my $path = shift;
1400 stat($path) || return; # mysteriously vaporized
1401 my ( $dev, $ino, $mode, $nlink, $uid, $gid ) = stat(_);
1402
1403 return 0 if $uid != 0 && $uid != $<;
1404 return 0 if $mode & 022;
1405 return 1;
1406} ## end sub is_safe_file
1407
1408# If the rcfile (whichever one we decided was the right one to read)
1409# exists, we safely do it.
1410if ( -f $rcfile ) {
1411 safe_do("./$rcfile");
1412}
1413
1414# If there isn't one here, try the user's home directory.
1415elsif ( defined $ENV{HOME} && -f "$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile" ) {
1416 safe_do("$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile");
1417}
1418
1419# Else try the login directory.
1420elsif ( defined $ENV{LOGDIR} && -f "$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile" ) {
1421 safe_do("$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile");
1422}
1423
1424# If the PERLDB_OPTS variable has options in it, parse those out next.
1425if ( defined $ENV{PERLDB_OPTS} ) {
1426 parse_options( $ENV{PERLDB_OPTS} );
1427}
1428
1429=pod
1430
1431The last thing we do during initialization is determine which subroutine is
1432to be used to obtain a new terminal when a new debugger is started. Right now,
1433the debugger only handles X Windows and OS/2.
1434
1435=cut
1436
1437# Set up the get_fork_TTY subroutine to be aliased to the proper routine.
1438# Works if you're running an xterm or xterm-like window, or you're on
1439# OS/2. This may need some expansion: for instance, this doesn't handle
1440# OS X Terminal windows.
1441
1442if (
1443 not defined &get_fork_TTY # no routine exists,
1444 and defined $ENV{TERM} # and we know what kind
1445 # of terminal this is,
1446 and $ENV{TERM} eq 'xterm' # and it's an xterm,
1447# and defined $ENV{WINDOWID} # and we know what window this is, <- wrong metric
1448 and defined $ENV{DISPLAY} # and what display it's on,
1449 )
1450{
1451 *get_fork_TTY = \&xterm_get_fork_TTY; # use the xterm version
1452} ## end if (not defined &get_fork_TTY...
1453elsif ( $^O eq 'os2' ) { # If this is OS/2,
1454 *get_fork_TTY = \&os2_get_fork_TTY; # use the OS/2 version
1455}
1456
1457# untaint $^O, which may have been tainted by the last statement.
1458# see bug [perl #24674]
1459$^O =~ m/^(.*)\z/;
1460$^O = $1;
1461
1462# Here begin the unreadable code. It needs fixing.
1463
1464=head2 RESTART PROCESSING
1465
1466This section handles the restart command. When the C<R> command is invoked, it
1467tries to capture all of the state it can into environment variables, and
1468then sets C<PERLDB_RESTART>. When we start executing again, we check to see
1469if C<PERLDB_RESTART> is there; if so, we reload all the information that
1470the R command stuffed into the environment variables.
1471
1472 PERLDB_RESTART - flag only, contains no restart data itself.
1473 PERLDB_HIST - command history, if it's available
1474 PERLDB_ON_LOAD - breakpoints set by the rc file
1475 PERLDB_POSTPONE - subs that have been loaded/not executed, and have actions
1476 PERLDB_VISITED - files that had breakpoints
1477 PERLDB_FILE_... - breakpoints for a file
1478 PERLDB_OPT - active options
1479 PERLDB_INC - the original @INC
1480 PERLDB_PRETYPE - preprompt debugger actions
1481 PERLDB_PRE - preprompt Perl code
1482 PERLDB_POST - post-prompt Perl code
1483 PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD - typeahead captured by readline()
1484
1485We chug through all these variables and plug the values saved in them
1486back into the appropriate spots in the debugger.
1487
1488=cut
1489
1490if ( exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART} ) {
1491
1492 # We're restarting, so we don't need the flag that says to restart anymore.
1493 delete $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART};
1494
1495 # $restart = 1;
1496 @hist = get_list('PERLDB_HIST');
1497 %break_on_load = get_list("PERLDB_ON_LOAD");
1498 %postponed = get_list("PERLDB_POSTPONE");
1499
1500 share(@hist);
1501 share(@truehist);
1502 share(%break_on_load);
1503 share(%postponed);
1504
1505 # restore breakpoints/actions
1506 my @had_breakpoints = get_list("PERLDB_VISITED");
1507 for ( 0 .. $#had_breakpoints ) {
1508 my %pf = get_list("PERLDB_FILE_$_");
1509 $postponed_file{ $had_breakpoints[$_] } = \%pf if %pf;
1510 }
1511
1512 # restore options
1513 my %opt = get_list("PERLDB_OPT");
1514 my ( $opt, $val );
1515 while ( ( $opt, $val ) = each %opt ) {
1516 $val =~ s/[\\\']/\\$1/g;
1517 parse_options("$opt'$val'");
1518 }
1519
1520 # restore original @INC
1521 @INC = get_list("PERLDB_INC");
1522 @ini_INC = @INC;
1523
1524 # return pre/postprompt actions and typeahead buffer
1525 $pretype = [ get_list("PERLDB_PRETYPE") ];
1526 $pre = [ get_list("PERLDB_PRE") ];
1527 $post = [ get_list("PERLDB_POST") ];
1528 @typeahead = get_list( "PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead );
1529} ## end if (exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART...
1530
1531=head2 SETTING UP THE TERMINAL
1532
1533Now, we'll decide how the debugger is going to interact with the user.
1534If there's no TTY, we set the debugger to run non-stop; there's not going
1535to be anyone there to enter commands.
1536
1537=cut
1538
1539if ($notty) {
1540 $runnonstop = 1;
1541 share($runnonstop);
1542}
1543
1544=pod
1545
1546If there is a TTY, we have to determine who it belongs to before we can
1547proceed. If this is a slave editor or graphical debugger (denoted by
1548the first command-line switch being '-emacs'), we shift this off and
1549set C<$rl> to 0 (XXX ostensibly to do straight reads).
1550
1551=cut
1552
1553else {
1554
1555 # Is Perl being run from a slave editor or graphical debugger?
1556 # If so, don't use readline, and set $slave_editor = 1.
1557 $slave_editor =
1558 ( ( defined $main::ARGV[0] ) and ( $main::ARGV[0] eq '-emacs' ) );
1559 $rl = 0, shift(@main::ARGV) if $slave_editor;
1560
1561 #require Term::ReadLine;
1562
1563=pod
1564
1565We then determine what the console should be on various systems:
1566
1567=over 4
1568
1569=item * Cygwin - We use C<stdin> instead of a separate device.
1570
1571=cut
1572
1573 if ( $^O eq 'cygwin' ) {
1574
1575 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1576 undef $console;
1577 }
1578
1579=item * Unix - use C</dev/tty>.
1580
1581=cut
1582
1583 elsif ( -e "/dev/tty" ) {
1584 $console = "/dev/tty";
1585 }
1586
1587=item * Windows or MSDOS - use C<con>.
1588
1589=cut
1590
1591 elsif ( $^O eq 'dos' or -e "con" or $^O eq 'MSWin32' ) {
1592 $console = "con";
1593 }
1594
1595=item * MacOS - use C<Dev:Console:Perl Debug> if this is the MPW version; C<Dev:
1596Console> if not.
1597
1598Note that Mac OS X returns C<darwin>, not C<MacOS>. Also note that the debugger doesn't do anything special for C<darwin>. Maybe it should.
1599
1600=cut
1601
1602 elsif ( $^O eq 'MacOS' ) {
1603 if ( $MacPerl::Version !~ /MPW/ ) {
1604 $console =
1605 "Dev:Console:Perl Debug"; # Separate window for application
1606 }
1607 else {
1608 $console = "Dev:Console";
1609 }
1610 } ## end elsif ($^O eq 'MacOS')
1611
1612=item * VMS - use C<sys$command>.
1613
1614=cut
1615
1616 else {
1617
1618 # everything else is ...
1619 $console = "sys\$command";
1620 }
1621
1622=pod
1623
1624=back
1625
1626Several other systems don't use a specific console. We C<undef $console>
1627for those (Windows using a slave editor/graphical debugger, NetWare, OS/2
1628with a slave editor, Epoc).
1629
1630=cut
1631
1632 if ( ( $^O eq 'MSWin32' ) and ( $slave_editor or defined $ENV{EMACS} ) ) {
1633
1634 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1635 $console = undef;
1636 }
1637
1638 if ( $^O eq 'NetWare' ) {
1639
1640 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1641 $console = undef;
1642 }
1643
1644 # In OS/2, we need to use STDIN to get textmode too, even though
1645 # it pretty much looks like Unix otherwise.
1646 if ( defined $ENV{OS2_SHELL} and ( $slave_editor or $ENV{WINDOWID} ) )
1647 { # In OS/2
1648 $console = undef;
1649 }
1650
1651 # EPOC also falls into the 'got to use STDIN' camp.
1652 if ( $^O eq 'epoc' ) {
1653 $console = undef;
1654 }
1655
1656=pod
1657
1658If there is a TTY hanging around from a parent, we use that as the console.
1659
1660=cut
1661
1662 $console = $tty if defined $tty;
1663
1664=head2 SOCKET HANDLING
1665
1666The debugger is capable of opening a socket and carrying out a debugging
1667session over the socket.
1668
1669If C<RemotePort> was defined in the options, the debugger assumes that it
1670should try to start a debugging session on that port. It builds the socket
1671and then tries to connect the input and output filehandles to it.
1672
1673=cut
1674
1675 # Handle socket stuff.
1676
1677 if ( defined $remoteport ) {
1678
1679 # If RemotePort was defined in the options, connect input and output
1680 # to the socket.
1681 require IO::Socket;
1682 $OUT = new IO::Socket::INET(
1683 Timeout => '10',
1684 PeerAddr => $remoteport,
1685 Proto => 'tcp',
1686 );
1687 if ( !$OUT ) { die "Unable to connect to remote host: $remoteport\n"; }
1688 $IN = $OUT;
1689 } ## end if (defined $remoteport)
1690
1691=pod
1692
1693If no C<RemotePort> was defined, and we want to create a TTY on startup,
1694this is probably a situation where multiple debuggers are running (for example,
1695a backticked command that starts up another debugger). We create a new IN and
1696OUT filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new TTY if we know how
1697and if we can.
1698
1699=cut
1700
1701 # Non-socket.
1702 else {
1703
1704 # Two debuggers running (probably a system or a backtick that invokes
1705 # the debugger itself under the running one). create a new IN and OUT
1706 # filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new tty if we
1707 # know how, and we can.
1708 create_IN_OUT(4) if $CreateTTY & 4;
1709 if ($console) {
1710
1711 # If we have a console, check to see if there are separate ins and
1712 # outs to open. (They are assumed identiical if not.)
1713
1714 my ( $i, $o ) = split /,/, $console;
1715 $o = $i unless defined $o;
1716
1717 # read/write on in, or just read, or read on STDIN.
1718 open( IN, "+<$i" )
1719 || open( IN, "<$i" )
1720 || open( IN, "<&STDIN" );
1721
1722 # read/write/create/clobber out, or write/create/clobber out,
1723 # or merge with STDERR, or merge with STDOUT.
1724 open( OUT, "+>$o" )
1725 || open( OUT, ">$o" )
1726 || open( OUT, ">&STDERR" )
1727 || open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ); # so we don't dongle stdout
1728
1729 } ## end if ($console)
1730 elsif ( not defined $console ) {
1731
1732 # No console. Open STDIN.
1733 open( IN, "<&STDIN" );
1734
1735 # merge with STDERR, or with STDOUT.
1736 open( OUT, ">&STDERR" )
1737 || open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ); # so we don't dongle stdout
1738 $console = 'STDIN/OUT';
1739 } ## end elsif (not defined $console)
1740
1741 # Keep copies of the filehandles so that when the pager runs, it
1742 # can close standard input without clobbering ours.
1743 $IN = \*IN, $OUT = \*OUT if $console or not defined $console;
1744 } ## end elsif (from if(defined $remoteport))
1745
1746 # Unbuffer DB::OUT. We need to see responses right away.
1747 my $previous = select($OUT);
1748 $| = 1; # for DB::OUT
1749 select($previous);
1750
1751 # Line info goes to debugger output unless pointed elsewhere.
1752 # Pointing elsewhere makes it possible for slave editors to
1753 # keep track of file and position. We have both a filehandle
1754 # and a I/O description to keep track of.
1755 $LINEINFO = $OUT unless defined $LINEINFO;
1756 $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo;
1757 # share($LINEINFO); # <- unable to share globs
1758 share($lineinfo); #
1759
1760=pod
1761
1762To finish initialization, we show the debugger greeting,
1763and then call the C<afterinit()> subroutine if there is one.
1764
1765=cut
1766
1767 # Show the debugger greeting.
1768 $header =~ s/.Header: ([^,]+),v(\s+\S+\s+\S+).*$/$1$2/;
1769 unless ($runnonstop) {
1770 local $\ = '';
1771 local $, = '';
1772 if ( $term_pid eq '-1' ) {
1773 print $OUT "\nDaughter DB session started...\n";
1774 }
1775 else {
1776 print $OUT "\nLoading DB routines from $header\n";
1777 print $OUT (
1778 "Editor support ",
1779 $slave_editor ? "enabled" : "available", ".\n"
1780 );
1781 print $OUT
1782"\nEnter h or `h h' for help, or `$doccmd perldebug' for more help.\n\n";
1783 } ## end else [ if ($term_pid eq '-1')
1784 } ## end unless ($runnonstop)
1785} ## end else [ if ($notty)
1786
1787# XXX This looks like a bug to me.
1788# Why copy to @ARGS and then futz with @args?
1789@ARGS = @ARGV;
1790for (@args) {
1791 # Make sure backslashes before single quotes are stripped out, and
1792 # keep args unless they are numeric (XXX why?)
1793 # s/\'/\\\'/g; # removed while not justified understandably
1794 # s/(.*)/'$1'/ unless /^-?[\d.]+$/; # ditto
1795}
1796
1797# If there was an afterinit() sub defined, call it. It will get
1798# executed in our scope, so it can fiddle with debugger globals.
1799if ( defined &afterinit ) { # May be defined in $rcfile
1800 &afterinit();
1801}
1802
1803# Inform us about "Stack dump during die enabled ..." in dieLevel().
1804$I_m_init = 1;
1805
1806############################################################ Subroutines
1807
1808=head1 SUBROUTINES
1809
1810=head2 DB
1811
1812This gigantic subroutine is the heart of the debugger. Called before every
1813statement, its job is to determine if a breakpoint has been reached, and
1814stop if so; read commands from the user, parse them, and execute
1815them, and hen send execution off to the next statement.
1816
1817Note that the order in which the commands are processed is very important;
1818some commands earlier in the loop will actually alter the C<$cmd> variable
1819to create other commands to be executed later. This is all highly I<optimized>
1820but can be confusing. Check the comments for each C<$cmd ... && do {}> to
1821see what's happening in any given command.
1822
1823=cut
1824
1825sub DB {
1826
1827 # lock the debugger and get the thread id for the prompt
1828 lock($DBGR);
1829 my $tid;
1830 if ($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
1831 $tid = eval { "[".threads->self->tid."]" };
1832 }
1833
1834 # Check for whether we should be running continuously or not.
1835 # _After_ the perl program is compiled, $single is set to 1:
1836 if ( $single and not $second_time++ ) {
1837
1838 # Options say run non-stop. Run until we get an interrupt.
1839 if ($runnonstop) { # Disable until signal
1840 # If there's any call stack in place, turn off single
1841 # stepping into subs throughout the stack.
1842 for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ; ) {
1843 $stack[ $i++ ] &= ~1;
1844 }
1845
1846 # And we are now no longer in single-step mode.
1847 $single = 0;
1848
1849 # If we simply returned at this point, we wouldn't get
1850 # the trace info. Fall on through.
1851 # return;
1852 } ## end if ($runnonstop)
1853
1854 elsif ($ImmediateStop) {
1855
1856 # We are supposed to stop here; XXX probably a break.
1857 $ImmediateStop = 0; # We've processed it; turn it off
1858 $signal = 1; # Simulate an interrupt to force
1859 # us into the command loop
1860 }
1861 } ## end if ($single and not $second_time...
1862
1863 # If we're in single-step mode, or an interrupt (real or fake)
1864 # has occurred, turn off non-stop mode.
1865 $runnonstop = 0 if $single or $signal;
1866
1867 # Preserve current values of $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W.
1868 # The code being debugged may have altered them.
1869 &save;
1870
1871 # Since DB::DB gets called after every line, we can use caller() to
1872 # figure out where we last were executing. Sneaky, eh? This works because
1873 # caller is returning all the extra information when called from the
1874 # debugger.
1875 local ( $package, $filename, $line ) = caller;
1876 local $filename_ini = $filename;
1877
1878 # set up the context for DB::eval, so it can properly execute
1879 # code on behalf of the user. We add the package in so that the
1880 # code is eval'ed in the proper package (not in the debugger!).
1881 local $usercontext =
1882 '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;' . "package $package;";
1883
1884 # Create an alias to the active file magical array to simplify
1885 # the code here.
1886 local (*dbline) = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
1887
1888 # we need to check for pseudofiles on Mac OS (these are files
1889 # not attached to a filename, but instead stored in Dev:Pseudo)
1890 if ( $^O eq 'MacOS' && $#dbline < 0 ) {
1891 $filename_ini = $filename = 'Dev:Pseudo';
1892 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
1893 }
1894
1895 # Last line in the program.
1896 local $max = $#dbline;
1897
1898 # if we have something here, see if we should break.
1899 if ( $dbline{$line}
1900 && ( ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$line} ) ) )
1901 {
1902
1903 # Stop if the stop criterion says to just stop.
1904 if ( $stop eq '1' ) {
1905 $signal |= 1;
1906 }
1907
1908 # It's a conditional stop; eval it in the user's context and
1909 # see if we should stop. If so, remove the one-time sigil.
1910 elsif ($stop) {
1911 $evalarg = "\$DB::signal |= 1 if do {$stop}";
1912 &eval;
1913 $dbline{$line} =~ s/;9($|\0)/$1/;
1914 }
1915 } ## end if ($dbline{$line} && ...
1916
1917 # Preserve the current stop-or-not, and see if any of the W
1918 # (watch expressions) has changed.
1919 my $was_signal = $signal;
1920
1921 # If we have any watch expressions ...
1922 if ( $trace & 2 ) {
1923 for ( my $n = 0 ; $n <= $#to_watch ; $n++ ) {
1924 $evalarg = $to_watch[$n];
1925 local $onetimeDump; # Tell DB::eval() to not output results
1926
1927 # Fix context DB::eval() wants to return an array, but
1928 # we need a scalar here.
1929 my ($val) = join( "', '", &eval );
1930 $val = ( ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef' );
1931
1932 # Did it change?
1933 if ( $val ne $old_watch[$n] ) {
1934
1935 # Yep! Show the difference, and fake an interrupt.
1936 $signal = 1;
1937 print $OUT <<EOP;
1938Watchpoint $n:\t$to_watch[$n] changed:
1939 old value:\t$old_watch[$n]
1940 new value:\t$val
1941EOP
1942 $old_watch[$n] = $val;
1943 } ## end if ($val ne $old_watch...
1944 } ## end for (my $n = 0 ; $n <= ...
1945 } ## end if ($trace & 2)
1946
1947=head2 C<watchfunction()>
1948
1949C<watchfunction()> is a function that can be defined by the user; it is a
1950function which will be run on each entry to C<DB::DB>; it gets the
1951current package, filename, and line as its parameters.
1952
1953The watchfunction can do anything it likes; it is executing in the
1954debugger's context, so it has access to all of the debugger's internal
1955data structures and functions.
1956
1957C<watchfunction()> can control the debugger's actions. Any of the following
1958will cause the debugger to return control to the user's program after
1959C<watchfunction()> executes:
1960
1961=over 4
1962
1963=item *
1964
1965Returning a false value from the C<watchfunction()> itself.
1966
1967=item *
1968
1969Altering C<$single> to a false value.
1970
1971=item *
1972
1973Altering C<$signal> to a false value.
1974
1975=item *
1976
1977Turning off the C<4> bit in C<$trace> (this also disables the
1978check for C<watchfunction()>. This can be done with
1979
1980 $trace &= ~4;
1981
1982=back
1983
1984=cut
1985
1986 # If there's a user-defined DB::watchfunction, call it with the
1987 # current package, filename, and line. The function executes in
1988 # the DB:: package.
1989 if ( $trace & 4 ) { # User-installed watch
1990 return
1991 if watchfunction( $package, $filename, $line )
1992 and not $single
1993 and not $was_signal
1994 and not( $trace & ~4 );
1995 } ## end if ($trace & 4)
1996
1997 # Pick up any alteration to $signal in the watchfunction, and
1998 # turn off the signal now.
1999 $was_signal = $signal;
2000 $signal = 0;
2001
2002=head2 GETTING READY TO EXECUTE COMMANDS
2003
2004The debugger decides to take control if single-step mode is on, the
2005C<t> command was entered, or the user generated a signal. If the program
2006has fallen off the end, we set things up so that entering further commands
2007won't cause trouble, and we say that the program is over.
2008
2009=cut
2010
2011 # Check to see if we should grab control ($single true,
2012 # trace set appropriately, or we got a signal).
2013 if ( $single || ( $trace & 1 ) || $was_signal ) {
2014
2015 # Yes, grab control.
2016 if ($slave_editor) {
2017
2018 # Tell the editor to update its position.
2019 $position = "\032\032$filename:$line:0\n";
2020 print_lineinfo($position);
2021 }
2022
2023=pod
2024
2025Special check: if we're in package C<DB::fake>, we've gone through the
2026C<END> block at least once. We set up everything so that we can continue
2027to enter commands and have a valid context to be in.
2028
2029=cut
2030
2031 elsif ( $package eq 'DB::fake' ) {
2032
2033 # Fallen off the end already.
2034 $term || &setterm;
2035 print_help(<<EOP);
2036Debugged program terminated. Use B<q> to quit or B<R> to restart,
2037 use B<o> I<inhibit_exit> to avoid stopping after program termination,
2038 B<h q>, B<h R> or B<h o> to get additional info.
2039EOP
2040
2041 # Set the DB::eval context appropriately.
2042 $package = 'main';
2043 $usercontext =
2044 '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;'
2045 . "package $package;"; # this won't let them modify, alas
2046 } ## end elsif ($package eq 'DB::fake')
2047
2048=pod
2049
2050If the program hasn't finished executing, we scan forward to the
2051next executable line, print that out, build the prompt from the file and line
2052number information, and print that.
2053
2054=cut
2055
2056 else {
2057
2058 # Still somewhere in the midst of execution. Set up the
2059 # debugger prompt.
2060 $sub =~ s/\'/::/; # Swap Perl 4 package separators (') to
2061 # Perl 5 ones (sorry, we don't print Klingon
2062 #module names)
2063
2064 $prefix = $sub =~ /::/ ? "" : "${'package'}::";
2065 $prefix .= "$sub($filename:";
2066 $after = ( $dbline[$line] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n" );
2067
2068 # Break up the prompt if it's really long.
2069 if ( length($prefix) > 30 ) {
2070 $position = "$prefix$line):\n$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after";
2071 $prefix = "";
2072 $infix = ":\t";
2073 }
2074 else {
2075 $infix = "):\t";
2076 $position = "$prefix$line$infix$dbline[$line]$after";
2077 }
2078
2079 # Print current line info, indenting if necessary.
2080 if ($frame) {
2081 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth,
2082 "$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after" );
2083 }
2084 else {
2085 print_lineinfo($position);
2086 }
2087
2088 # Scan forward, stopping at either the end or the next
2089 # unbreakable line.
2090 for ( $i = $line + 1 ; $i <= $max && $dbline[$i] == 0 ; ++$i )
2091 { #{ vi
2092
2093 # Drop out on null statements, block closers, and comments.
2094 last if $dbline[$i] =~ /^\s*[\;\}\#\n]/;
2095
2096 # Drop out if the user interrupted us.
2097 last if $signal;
2098
2099 # Append a newline if the line doesn't have one. Can happen
2100 # in eval'ed text, for instance.
2101 $after = ( $dbline[$i] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n" );
2102
2103 # Next executable line.
2104 $incr_pos = "$prefix$i$infix$dbline[$i]$after";
2105 $position .= $incr_pos;
2106 if ($frame) {
2107
2108 # Print it indented if tracing is on.
2109 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth,
2110 "$i:\t$dbline[$i]$after" );
2111 }
2112 else {
2113 print_lineinfo($incr_pos);
2114 }
2115 } ## end for ($i = $line + 1 ; $i...
2116 } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor)
2117 } ## end if ($single || ($trace...
2118
2119=pod
2120
2121If there's an action to be executed for the line we stopped at, execute it.
2122If there are any preprompt actions, execute those as well.
2123
2124=cut
2125
2126 # If there's an action, do it now.
2127 $evalarg = $action, &eval if $action;
2128
2129 # Are we nested another level (e.g., did we evaluate a function
2130 # that had a breakpoint in it at the debugger prompt)?
2131 if ( $single || $was_signal ) {
2132
2133 # Yes, go down a level.
2134 local $level = $level + 1;
2135
2136 # Do any pre-prompt actions.
2137 foreach $evalarg (@$pre) {
2138 &eval;
2139 }
2140
2141 # Complain about too much recursion if we passed the limit.
2142 print $OUT $stack_depth . " levels deep in subroutine calls!\n"
2143 if $single & 4;
2144
2145 # The line we're currently on. Set $incr to -1 to stay here
2146 # until we get a command that tells us to advance.
2147 $start = $line;
2148 $incr = -1; # for backward motion.
2149
2150 # Tack preprompt debugger actions ahead of any actual input.
2151 @typeahead = ( @$pretype, @typeahead );
2152
2153=head2 WHERE ARE WE?
2154
2155XXX Relocate this section?
2156
2157The debugger normally shows the line corresponding to the current line of
2158execution. Sometimes, though, we want to see the next line, or to move elsewhere
2159in the file. This is done via the C<$incr>, C<$start>, and C<$max> variables.
2160
2161C<$incr> controls by how many lines the I<current> line should move forward
2162after a command is executed. If set to -1, this indicates that the I<current>
2163line shouldn't change.
2164
2165C<$start> is the I<current> line. It is used for things like knowing where to
2166move forwards or backwards from when doing an C<L> or C<-> command.
2167
2168C<$max> tells the debugger where the last line of the current file is. It's
2169used to terminate loops most often.
2170
2171=head2 THE COMMAND LOOP
2172
2173Most of C<DB::DB> is actually a command parsing and dispatch loop. It comes
2174in two parts:
2175
2176=over 4
2177
2178=item *
2179
2180The outer part of the loop, starting at the C<CMD> label. This loop
2181reads a command and then executes it.
2182
2183=item *
2184
2185The inner part of the loop, starting at the C<PIPE> label. This part
2186is wholly contained inside the C<CMD> block and only executes a command.
2187Used to handle commands running inside a pager.
2188
2189=back
2190
2191So why have two labels to restart the loop? Because sometimes, it's easier to
2192have a command I<generate> another command and then re-execute the loop to do
2193the new command. This is faster, but perhaps a bit more convoluted.
2194
2195=cut
2196
2197 # The big command dispatch loop. It keeps running until the
2198 # user yields up control again.
2199 #
2200 # If we have a terminal for input, and we get something back
2201 # from readline(), keep on processing.
2202 CMD:
2203 while (
2204
2205 # We have a terminal, or can get one ...
2206 ( $term || &setterm ),
2207
2208 # ... and it belogs to this PID or we get one for this PID ...
2209 ( $term_pid == $$ or resetterm(1) ),
2210
2211 # ... and we got a line of command input ...
2212 defined(
2213 $cmd = &readline(
2214 "$pidprompt $tid DB"
2215 . ( '<' x $level )
2216 . ( $#hist + 1 )
2217 . ( '>' x $level ) . " "
2218 )
2219 )
2220 )
2221 {
2222
2223 share($cmd);
2224 # ... try to execute the input as debugger commands.
2225
2226 # Don't stop running.
2227 $single = 0;
2228
2229 # No signal is active.
2230 $signal = 0;
2231
2232 # Handle continued commands (ending with \):
2233 $cmd =~ s/\\$/\n/ && do {
2234 $cmd .= &readline(" cont: ");
2235 redo CMD;
2236 };
2237
2238=head4 The null command
2239
2240A newline entered by itself means I<re-execute the last command>. We grab the
2241command out of C<$laststep> (where it was recorded previously), and copy it
2242back into C<$cmd> to be executed below. If there wasn't any previous command,
2243we'll do nothing below (no command will match). If there was, we also save it
2244in the command history and fall through to allow the command parsing to pick
2245it up.
2246
2247=cut
2248
2249 # Empty input means repeat the last command.
2250 $cmd =~ /^$/ && ( $cmd = $laststep );
2251 chomp($cmd); # get rid of the annoying extra newline
2252 push( @hist, $cmd ) if length($cmd) > 1;
2253 push( @truehist, $cmd );
2254 share(@hist);
2255 share(@truehist);
2256
2257 # This is a restart point for commands that didn't arrive
2258 # via direct user input. It allows us to 'redo PIPE' to
2259 # re-execute command processing without reading a new command.
2260 PIPE: {
2261 $cmd =~ s/^\s+//s; # trim annoying leading whitespace
2262 $cmd =~ s/\s+$//s; # trim annoying trailing whitespace
2263 ($i) = split( /\s+/, $cmd );
2264
2265=head3 COMMAND ALIASES
2266
2267The debugger can create aliases for commands (these are stored in the
2268C<%alias> hash). Before a command is executed, the command loop looks it up
2269in the alias hash and substitutes the contents of the alias for the command,
2270completely replacing it.
2271
2272=cut
2273
2274 # See if there's an alias for the command, and set it up if so.
2275 if ( $alias{$i} ) {
2276
2277 # Squelch signal handling; we want to keep control here
2278 # if something goes loco during the alias eval.
2279 local $SIG{__DIE__};
2280 local $SIG{__WARN__};
2281
2282 # This is a command, so we eval it in the DEBUGGER's
2283 # scope! Otherwise, we can't see the special debugger
2284 # variables, or get to the debugger's subs. (Well, we
2285 # _could_, but why make it even more complicated?)
2286 eval "\$cmd =~ $alias{$i}";
2287 if ($@) {
2288 local $\ = '';
2289 print $OUT "Couldn't evaluate `$i' alias: $@";
2290 next CMD;
2291 }
2292 } ## end if ($alias{$i})
2293
2294=head3 MAIN-LINE COMMANDS
2295
2296All of these commands work up to and after the program being debugged has
2297terminated.
2298
2299=head4 C<q> - quit
2300
2301Quit the debugger. This entails setting the C<$fall_off_end> flag, so we don't
2302try to execute further, cleaning any restart-related stuff out of the
2303environment, and executing with the last value of C<$?>.
2304
2305=cut
2306
2307 $cmd =~ /^q$/ && do {
2308 $fall_off_end = 1;
2309 clean_ENV();
2310 exit $?;
2311 };
2312
2313=head4 C<t> - trace
2314
2315Turn tracing on or off. Inverts the appropriate bit in C<$trace> (q.v.).
2316
2317=cut
2318
2319 $cmd =~ /^t$/ && do {
2320 $trace ^= 1;
2321 local $\ = '';
2322 print $OUT "Trace = "
2323 . ( ( $trace & 1 ) ? "on" : "off" ) . "\n";
2324 next CMD;
2325 };
2326
2327=head4 C<S> - list subroutines matching/not matching a pattern
2328
2329Walks through C<%sub>, checking to see whether or not to print the name.
2330
2331=cut
2332
2333 $cmd =~ /^S(\s+(!)?(.+))?$/ && do {
2334
2335 $Srev = defined $2; # Reverse scan?
2336 $Spatt = $3; # The pattern (if any) to use.
2337 $Snocheck = !defined $1; # No args - print all subs.
2338
2339 # Need to make these sane here.
2340 local $\ = '';
2341 local $, = '';
2342
2343 # Search through the debugger's magical hash of subs.
2344 # If $nocheck is true, just print the sub name.
2345 # Otherwise, check it against the pattern. We then use
2346 # the XOR trick to reverse the condition as required.
2347 foreach $subname ( sort( keys %sub ) ) {
2348 if ( $Snocheck or $Srev ^ ( $subname =~ /$Spatt/ ) ) {
2349 print $OUT $subname, "\n";
2350 }
2351 }
2352 next CMD;
2353 };
2354
2355=head4 C<X> - list variables in current package
2356
2357Since the C<V> command actually processes this, just change this to the
2358appropriate C<V> command and fall through.
2359
2360=cut
2361
2362 $cmd =~ s/^X\b/V $package/;
2363
2364=head4 C<V> - list variables
2365
2366Uses C<dumpvar.pl> to dump out the current values for selected variables.
2367
2368=cut
2369
2370 # Bare V commands get the currently-being-debugged package
2371 # added.
2372 $cmd =~ /^V$/ && do {
2373 $cmd = "V $package";
2374 };
2375
2376 # V - show variables in package.
2377 $cmd =~ /^V\b\s*(\S+)\s*(.*)/ && do {
2378
2379 # Save the currently selected filehandle and
2380 # force output to debugger's filehandle (dumpvar
2381 # just does "print" for output).
2382 local ($savout) = select($OUT);
2383
2384 # Grab package name and variables to dump.
2385 $packname = $1;
2386 @vars = split( ' ', $2 );
2387
2388 # If main::dumpvar isn't here, get it.
2389 do 'dumpvar.pl' unless defined &main::dumpvar;
2390 if ( defined &main::dumpvar ) {
2391
2392 # We got it. Turn off subroutine entry/exit messages
2393 # for the moment, along with return values.
2394 local $frame = 0;
2395 local $doret = -2;
2396
2397 # must detect sigpipe failures - not catching
2398 # then will cause the debugger to die.
2399 eval {
2400 &main::dumpvar(
2401 $packname,
2402 defined $option{dumpDepth}
2403 ? $option{dumpDepth}
2404 : -1, # assume -1 unless specified
2405 @vars
2406 );
2407 };
2408
2409 # The die doesn't need to include the $@, because
2410 # it will automatically get propagated for us.
2411 if ($@) {
2412 die unless $@ =~ /dumpvar print failed/;
2413 }
2414 } ## end if (defined &main::dumpvar)
2415 else {
2416
2417 # Couldn't load dumpvar.
2418 print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n";
2419 }
2420
2421 # Restore the output filehandle, and go round again.
2422 select($savout);
2423 next CMD;
2424 };
2425
2426=head4 C<x> - evaluate and print an expression
2427
2428Hands the expression off to C<DB::eval>, setting it up to print the value
2429via C<dumpvar.pl> instead of just printing it directly.
2430
2431=cut
2432
2433 $cmd =~ s/^x\b/ / && do { # Remainder gets done by DB::eval()
2434 $onetimeDump = 'dump'; # main::dumpvar shows the output
2435
2436 # handle special "x 3 blah" syntax XXX propagate
2437 # doc back to special variables.
2438 if ( $cmd =~ s/^\s*(\d+)(?=\s)/ / ) {
2439 $onetimedumpDepth = $1;
2440 }
2441 };
2442
2443=head4 C<m> - print methods
2444
2445Just uses C<DB::methods> to determine what methods are available.
2446
2447=cut
2448
2449 $cmd =~ s/^m\s+([\w:]+)\s*$/ / && do {
2450 methods($1);
2451 next CMD;
2452 };
2453
2454 # m expr - set up DB::eval to do the work
2455 $cmd =~ s/^m\b/ / && do { # Rest gets done by DB::eval()
2456 $onetimeDump = 'methods'; # method output gets used there
2457 };
2458
2459=head4 C<f> - switch files
2460
2461=cut
2462
2463 $cmd =~ /^f\b\s*(.*)/ && do {
2464 $file = $1;
2465 $file =~ s/\s+$//;
2466
2467 # help for no arguments (old-style was return from sub).
2468 if ( !$file ) {
2469 print $OUT
2470 "The old f command is now the r command.\n"; # hint
2471 print $OUT "The new f command switches filenames.\n";
2472 next CMD;
2473 } ## end if (!$file)
2474
2475 # if not in magic file list, try a close match.
2476 if ( !defined $main::{ '_<' . $file } ) {
2477 if ( ($try) = grep( m#^_<.*$file#, keys %main:: ) ) {
2478 {
2479 $try = substr( $try, 2 );
2480 print $OUT "Choosing $try matching `$file':\n";
2481 $file = $try;
2482 }
2483 } ## end if (($try) = grep(m#^_<.*$file#...
2484 } ## end if (!defined $main::{ ...
2485
2486 # If not successfully switched now, we failed.
2487 if ( !defined $main::{ '_<' . $file } ) {
2488 print $OUT "No file matching `$file' is loaded.\n";
2489 next CMD;
2490 }
2491
2492 # We switched, so switch the debugger internals around.
2493 elsif ( $file ne $filename ) {
2494 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
2495 $max = $#dbline;
2496 $filename = $file;
2497 $start = 1;
2498 $cmd = "l";
2499 } ## end elsif ($file ne $filename)
2500
2501 # We didn't switch; say we didn't.
2502 else {
2503 print $OUT "Already in $file.\n";
2504 next CMD;
2505 }
2506 };
2507
2508=head4 C<.> - return to last-executed line.
2509
2510We set C<$incr> to -1 to indicate that the debugger shouldn't move ahead,
2511and then we look up the line in the magical C<%dbline> hash.
2512
2513=cut
2514
2515 # . command.
2516 $cmd =~ /^\.$/ && do {
2517 $incr = -1; # stay at current line
2518
2519 # Reset everything to the old location.
2520 $start = $line;
2521 $filename = $filename_ini;
2522 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
2523 $max = $#dbline;
2524
2525 # Now where are we?
2526 print_lineinfo($position);
2527 next CMD;
2528 };
2529
2530=head4 C<-> - back one window
2531
2532We change C<$start> to be one window back; if we go back past the first line,
2533we set it to be the first line. We ser C<$incr> to put us back at the
2534currently-executing line, and then put a C<l $start +> (list one window from
2535C<$start>) in C<$cmd> to be executed later.
2536
2537=cut
2538
2539 # - - back a window.
2540 $cmd =~ /^-$/ && do {
2541
2542 # back up by a window; go to 1 if back too far.
2543 $start -= $incr + $window + 1;
2544 $start = 1 if $start <= 0;
2545 $incr = $window - 1;
2546
2547 # Generate and execute a "l +" command (handled below).
2548 $cmd = 'l ' . ($start) . '+';
2549 };
2550
2551=head3 PRE-580 COMMANDS VS. NEW COMMANDS: C<a, A, b, B, h, l, L, M, o, O, P, v, w, W, E<lt>, E<lt>E<lt>, {, {{>
2552
2553In Perl 5.8.0, a realignment of the commands was done to fix up a number of
2554problems, most notably that the default case of several commands destroying
2555the user's work in setting watchpoints, actions, etc. We wanted, however, to
2556retain the old commands for those who were used to using them or who preferred
2557them. At this point, we check for the new commands and call C<cmd_wrapper> to
2558deal with them instead of processing them in-line.
2559
2560=cut
2561
2562 # All of these commands were remapped in perl 5.8.0;
2563 # we send them off to the secondary dispatcher (see below).
2564 $cmd =~ /^([aAbBeEhilLMoOPvwW]\b|[<>\{]{1,2})\s*(.*)/so && do {
2565 &cmd_wrapper( $1, $2, $line );
2566 next CMD;
2567 };
2568
2569=head4 C<y> - List lexicals in higher scope
2570
2571Uses C<PadWalker> to find the lexicals supplied as arguments in a scope
2572above the current one and then displays then using C<dumpvar.pl>.
2573
2574=cut
2575
2576 $cmd =~ /^y(?:\s+(\d*)\s*(.*))?$/ && do {
2577
2578 # See if we've got the necessary support.
2579 eval { require PadWalker; PadWalker->VERSION(0.08) }
2580 or &warn(
2581 $@ =~ /locate/
2582 ? "PadWalker module not found - please install\n"
2583 : $@
2584 )
2585 and next CMD;
2586
2587 # Load up dumpvar if we don't have it. If we can, that is.
2588 do 'dumpvar.pl' unless defined &main::dumpvar;
2589 defined &main::dumpvar
2590 or print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n"
2591 and next CMD;
2592
2593 # Got all the modules we need. Find them and print them.
2594 my @vars = split( ' ', $2 || '' );
2595
2596 # Find the pad.
2597 my $h = eval { PadWalker::peek_my( ( $1 || 0 ) + 1 ) };
2598
2599 # Oops. Can't find it.
2600 $@ and $@ =~ s/ at .*//, &warn($@), next CMD;
2601
2602 # Show the desired vars with dumplex().
2603 my $savout = select($OUT);
2604
2605 # Have dumplex dump the lexicals.
2606 dumpvar::dumplex( $_, $h->{$_},
2607 defined $option{dumpDepth} ? $option{dumpDepth} : -1,
2608 @vars )
2609 for sort keys %$h;
2610 select($savout);
2611 next CMD;
2612 };
2613
2614=head3 COMMANDS NOT WORKING AFTER PROGRAM ENDS
2615
2616All of the commands below this point don't work after the program being
2617debugged has ended. All of them check to see if the program has ended; this
2618allows the commands to be relocated without worrying about a 'line of
2619demarcation' above which commands can be entered anytime, and below which
2620they can't.
2621
2622=head4 C<n> - single step, but don't trace down into subs
2623
2624Done by setting C<$single> to 2, which forces subs to execute straight through
2625when entered (see C<DB::sub>). We also save the C<n> command in C<$laststep>,
2626so a null command knows what to re-execute.
2627
2628=cut
2629
2630 # n - next
2631 $cmd =~ /^n$/ && do {
2632 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2633
2634 # Single step, but don't enter subs.
2635 $single = 2;
2636
2637 # Save for empty command (repeat last).
2638 $laststep = $cmd;
2639 last CMD;
2640 };
2641
2642=head4 C<s> - single-step, entering subs
2643
2644Sets C<$single> to 1, which causes C<DB::sub> to continue tracing inside
2645subs. Also saves C<s> as C<$lastcmd>.
2646
2647=cut
2648
2649 # s - single step.
2650 $cmd =~ /^s$/ && do {
2651
2652 # Get out and restart the command loop if program
2653 # has finished.
2654 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2655
2656 # Single step should enter subs.
2657 $single = 1;
2658
2659 # Save for empty command (repeat last).
2660 $laststep = $cmd;
2661 last CMD;
2662 };
2663
2664=head4 C<c> - run continuously, setting an optional breakpoint
2665
2666Most of the code for this command is taken up with locating the optional
2667breakpoint, which is either a subroutine name or a line number. We set
2668the appropriate one-time-break in C<@dbline> and then turn off single-stepping
2669in this and all call levels above this one.
2670
2671=cut
2672
2673 # c - start continuous execution.
2674 $cmd =~ /^c\b\s*([\w:]*)\s*$/ && do {
2675
2676 # Hey, show's over. The debugged program finished
2677 # executing already.
2678 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2679
2680 # Capture the place to put a one-time break.
2681 $subname = $i = $1;
2682
2683 # Probably not needed, since we finish an interactive
2684 # sub-session anyway...
2685 # local $filename = $filename;
2686 # local *dbline = *dbline; # XXX Would this work?!
2687 #
2688 # The above question wonders if localizing the alias
2689 # to the magic array works or not. Since it's commented
2690 # out, we'll just leave that to speculation for now.
2691
2692 # If the "subname" isn't all digits, we'll assume it
2693 # is a subroutine name, and try to find it.
2694 if ( $subname =~ /\D/ ) { # subroutine name
2695 # Qualify it to the current package unless it's
2696 # already qualified.
2697 $subname = $package . "::" . $subname
2698 unless $subname =~ /::/;
2699
2700 # find_sub will return "file:line_number" corresponding
2701 # to where the subroutine is defined; we call find_sub,
2702 # break up the return value, and assign it in one
2703 # operation.
2704 ( $file, $i ) = ( find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(.*)$/ );
2705
2706 # Force the line number to be numeric.
2707 $i += 0;
2708
2709 # If we got a line number, we found the sub.
2710 if ($i) {
2711
2712 # Switch all the debugger's internals around so
2713 # we're actually working with that file.
2714 $filename = $file;
2715 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
2716
2717 # Mark that there's a breakpoint in this file.
2718 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
2719
2720 # Scan forward to the first executable line
2721 # after the 'sub whatever' line.
2722 $max = $#dbline;
2723 ++$i while $dbline[$i] == 0 && $i < $max;
2724 } ## end if ($i)
2725
2726 # We didn't find a sub by that name.
2727 else {
2728 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
2729 next CMD;
2730 }
2731 } ## end if ($subname =~ /\D/)
2732
2733 # At this point, either the subname was all digits (an
2734 # absolute line-break request) or we've scanned through
2735 # the code following the definition of the sub, looking
2736 # for an executable, which we may or may not have found.
2737 #
2738 # If $i (which we set $subname from) is non-zero, we
2739 # got a request to break at some line somewhere. On
2740 # one hand, if there wasn't any real subroutine name
2741 # involved, this will be a request to break in the current
2742 # file at the specified line, so we have to check to make
2743 # sure that the line specified really is breakable.
2744 #
2745 # On the other hand, if there was a subname supplied, the
2746 # preceding block has moved us to the proper file and
2747 # location within that file, and then scanned forward
2748 # looking for the next executable line. We have to make
2749 # sure that one was found.
2750 #
2751 # On the gripping hand, we can't do anything unless the
2752 # current value of $i points to a valid breakable line.
2753 # Check that.
2754 if ($i) {
2755
2756 # Breakable?
2757 if ( $dbline[$i] == 0 ) {
2758 print $OUT "Line $i not breakable.\n";
2759 next CMD;
2760 }
2761
2762 # Yes. Set up the one-time-break sigil.
2763 $dbline{$i} =~ s/($|\0)/;9$1/; # add one-time-only b.p.
2764 } ## end if ($i)
2765
2766 # Turn off stack tracing from here up.
2767 for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ; ) {
2768 $stack[ $i++ ] &= ~1;
2769 }
2770 last CMD;
2771 };
2772
2773=head4 C<r> - return from a subroutine
2774
2775For C<r> to work properly, the debugger has to stop execution again
2776immediately after the return is executed. This is done by forcing
2777single-stepping to be on in the call level above the current one. If
2778we are printing return values when a C<r> is executed, set C<$doret>
2779appropriately, and force us out of the command loop.
2780
2781=cut
2782
2783 # r - return from the current subroutine.
2784 $cmd =~ /^r$/ && do {
2785
2786 # Can't do anythign if the program's over.
2787 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2788
2789 # Turn on stack trace.
2790 $stack[$stack_depth] |= 1;
2791
2792 # Print return value unless the stack is empty.
2793 $doret = $option{PrintRet} ? $stack_depth - 1 : -2;
2794 last CMD;
2795 };
2796
2797=head4 C<T> - stack trace
2798
2799Just calls C<DB::print_trace>.
2800
2801=cut
2802
2803 $cmd =~ /^T$/ && do {
2804 print_trace( $OUT, 1 ); # skip DB
2805 next CMD;
2806 };
2807
2808=head4 C<w> - List window around current line.
2809
2810Just calls C<DB::cmd_w>.
2811
2812=cut
2813
2814 $cmd =~ /^w\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_w( 'w', $1 ); next CMD; };
2815
2816=head4 C<W> - watch-expression processing.
2817
2818Just calls C<DB::cmd_W>.
2819
2820=cut
2821
2822 $cmd =~ /^W\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_W( 'W', $1 ); next CMD; };
2823
2824=head4 C</> - search forward for a string in the source
2825
2826We take the argument and treat it as a pattern. If it turns out to be a
2827bad one, we return the error we got from trying to C<eval> it and exit.
2828If not, we create some code to do the search and C<eval> it so it can't
2829mess us up.
2830
2831=cut
2832
2833 $cmd =~ /^\/(.*)$/ && do {
2834
2835 # The pattern as a string.
2836 $inpat = $1;
2837
2838 # Remove the final slash.
2839 $inpat =~ s:([^\\])/$:$1:;
2840
2841 # If the pattern isn't null ...
2842 if ( $inpat ne "" ) {
2843
2844 # Turn of warn and die procesing for a bit.
2845 local $SIG{__DIE__};
2846 local $SIG{__WARN__};
2847
2848 # Create the pattern.
2849 eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a";
2850 if ( $@ ne "" ) {
2851
2852 # Oops. Bad pattern. No biscuit.
2853 # Print the eval error and go back for more
2854 # commands.
2855 print $OUT "$@";
2856 next CMD;
2857 }
2858 $pat = $inpat;
2859 } ## end if ($inpat ne "")
2860
2861 # Set up to stop on wrap-around.
2862 $end = $start;
2863
2864 # Don't move off the current line.
2865 $incr = -1;
2866
2867 # Done in eval so nothing breaks if the pattern
2868 # does something weird.
2869 eval '
2870 for (;;) {
2871 # Move ahead one line.
2872 ++$start;
2873
2874 # Wrap if we pass the last line.
2875 $start = 1 if ($start > $max);
2876
2877 # Stop if we have gotten back to this line again,
2878 last if ($start == $end);
2879
2880 # A hit! (Note, though, that we are doing
2881 # case-insensitive matching. Maybe a qr//
2882 # expression would be better, so the user could
2883 # do case-sensitive matching if desired.
2884 if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) {
2885 if ($slave_editor) {
2886 # Handle proper escaping in the slave.
2887 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n";
2888 }
2889 else {
2890 # Just print the line normally.
2891 print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n";
2892 }
2893 # And quit since we found something.
2894 last;
2895 }
2896 } ';
2897
2898 # If we wrapped, there never was a match.
2899 print $OUT "/$pat/: not found\n" if ( $start == $end );
2900 next CMD;
2901 };
2902
2903=head4 C<?> - search backward for a string in the source
2904
2905Same as for C</>, except the loop runs backwards.
2906
2907=cut
2908
2909 # ? - backward pattern search.
2910 $cmd =~ /^\?(.*)$/ && do {
2911
2912 # Get the pattern, remove trailing question mark.
2913 $inpat = $1;
2914 $inpat =~ s:([^\\])\?$:$1:;
2915
2916 # If we've got one ...
2917 if ( $inpat ne "" ) {
2918
2919 # Turn off die & warn handlers.
2920 local $SIG{__DIE__};
2921 local $SIG{__WARN__};
2922 eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a";
2923
2924 if ( $@ ne "" ) {
2925
2926 # Ouch. Not good. Print the error.
2927 print $OUT $@;
2928 next CMD;
2929 }
2930 $pat = $inpat;
2931 } ## end if ($inpat ne "")
2932
2933 # Where we are now is where to stop after wraparound.
2934 $end = $start;
2935
2936 # Don't move away from this line.
2937 $incr = -1;
2938
2939 # Search inside the eval to prevent pattern badness
2940 # from killing us.
2941 eval '
2942 for (;;) {
2943 # Back up a line.
2944 --$start;
2945
2946 # Wrap if we pass the first line.
2947
2948 $start = $max if ($start <= 0);
2949
2950 # Quit if we get back where we started,
2951 last if ($start == $end);
2952
2953 # Match?
2954 if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) {
2955 if ($slave_editor) {
2956 # Yep, follow slave editor requirements.
2957 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n";
2958 }
2959 else {
2960 # Yep, just print normally.
2961 print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n";
2962 }
2963
2964 # Found, so done.
2965 last;
2966 }
2967 } ';
2968
2969 # Say we failed if the loop never found anything,
2970 print $OUT "?$pat?: not found\n" if ( $start == $end );
2971 next CMD;
2972 };
2973
2974=head4 C<$rc> - Recall command
2975
2976Manages the commands in C<@hist> (which is created if C<Term::ReadLine> reports
2977that the terminal supports history). It find the the command required, puts it
2978into C<$cmd>, and redoes the loop to execute it.
2979
2980=cut
2981
2982 # $rc - recall command.
2983 $cmd =~ /^$rc+\s*(-)?(\d+)?$/ && do {
2984
2985 # No arguments, take one thing off history.
2986 pop(@hist) if length($cmd) > 1;
2987
2988 # Relative (- found)?
2989 # Y - index back from most recent (by 1 if bare minus)
2990 # N - go to that particular command slot or the last
2991 # thing if nothing following.
2992 $i = $1 ? ( $#hist - ( $2 || 1 ) ) : ( $2 || $#hist );
2993
2994 # Pick out the command desired.
2995 $cmd = $hist[$i];
2996
2997 # Print the command to be executed and restart the loop
2998 # with that command in the buffer.
2999 print $OUT $cmd, "\n";
3000 redo CMD;
3001 };
3002
3003=head4 C<$sh$sh> - C<system()> command
3004
3005Calls the C<DB::system()> to handle the command. This keeps the C<STDIN> and
3006C<STDOUT> from getting messed up.
3007
3008=cut
3009
3010 # $sh$sh - run a shell command (if it's all ASCII).
3011 # Can't run shell commands with Unicode in the debugger, hmm.
3012 $cmd =~ /^$sh$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do {
3013
3014 # System it.
3015 &system($1);
3016 next CMD;
3017 };
3018
3019=head4 C<$rc I<pattern> $rc> - Search command history
3020
3021Another command to manipulate C<@hist>: this one searches it with a pattern.
3022If a command is found, it is placed in C<$cmd> and executed via C<redo>.
3023
3024=cut
3025
3026 # $rc pattern $rc - find a command in the history.
3027 $cmd =~ /^$rc([^$rc].*)$/ && do {
3028
3029 # Create the pattern to use.
3030 $pat = "^$1";
3031
3032 # Toss off last entry if length is >1 (and it always is).
3033 pop(@hist) if length($cmd) > 1;
3034
3035 # Look backward through the history.
3036 for ( $i = $#hist ; $i ; --$i ) {
3037
3038 # Stop if we find it.
3039 last if $hist[$i] =~ /$pat/;
3040 }
3041
3042 if ( !$i ) {
3043
3044 # Never found it.
3045 print $OUT "No such command!\n\n";
3046 next CMD;
3047 }
3048
3049 # Found it. Put it in the buffer, print it, and process it.
3050 $cmd = $hist[$i];
3051 print $OUT $cmd, "\n";
3052 redo CMD;
3053 };
3054
3055=head4 C<$sh> - Invoke a shell
3056
3057Uses C<DB::system> to invoke a shell.
3058
3059=cut
3060
3061 # $sh - start a shell.
3062 $cmd =~ /^$sh$/ && do {
3063
3064 # Run the user's shell. If none defined, run Bourne.
3065 # We resume execution when the shell terminates.
3066 &system( $ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh" );
3067 next CMD;
3068 };
3069
3070=head4 C<$sh I<command>> - Force execution of a command in a shell
3071
3072Like the above, but the command is passed to the shell. Again, we use
3073C<DB::system> to avoid problems with C<STDIN> and C<STDOUT>.
3074
3075=cut
3076
3077 # $sh command - start a shell and run a command in it.
3078 $cmd =~ /^$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do {
3079
3080 # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals!
3081 #&system($1); # use this instead
3082
3083 # use the user's shell, or Bourne if none defined.
3084 &system( $ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh", "-c", $1 );
3085 next CMD;
3086 };
3087
3088=head4 C<H> - display commands in history
3089
3090Prints the contents of C<@hist> (if any).
3091
3092=cut
3093
3094 $cmd =~ /^H\b\s*\*/ && do {
3095 @hist = @truehist = ();
3096 print $OUT "History cleansed\n";
3097 next CMD;
3098 };
3099
3100 $cmd =~ /^H\b\s*(-(\d+))?/ && do {
3101
3102 # Anything other than negative numbers is ignored by
3103 # the (incorrect) pattern, so this test does nothing.
3104 $end = $2 ? ( $#hist - $2 ) : 0;
3105
3106 # Set to the minimum if less than zero.
3107 $hist = 0 if $hist < 0;
3108
3109 # Start at the end of the array.
3110 # Stay in while we're still above the ending value.
3111 # Tick back by one each time around the loop.
3112 for ( $i = $#hist ; $i > $end ; $i-- ) {
3113
3114 # Print the command unless it has no arguments.
3115 print $OUT "$i: ", $hist[$i], "\n"
3116 unless $hist[$i] =~ /^.?$/;
3117 }
3118 next CMD;
3119 };
3120
3121=head4 C<man, doc, perldoc> - look up documentation
3122
3123Just calls C<runman()> to print the appropriate document.
3124
3125=cut
3126
3127 # man, perldoc, doc - show manual pages.
3128 $cmd =~ /^(?:man|(?:perl)?doc)\b(?:\s+([^(]*))?$/ && do {
3129 runman($1);
3130 next CMD;
3131 };
3132
3133=head4 C<p> - print
3134
3135Builds a C<print EXPR> expression in the C<$cmd>; this will get executed at
3136the bottom of the loop.
3137
3138=cut
3139
3140 # p - print (no args): print $_.
3141 $cmd =~ s/^p$/print {\$DB::OUT} \$_/;
3142
3143 # p - print the given expression.
3144 $cmd =~ s/^p\b/print {\$DB::OUT} /;
3145
3146=head4 C<=> - define command alias
3147
3148Manipulates C<%alias> to add or list command aliases.
3149
3150=cut
3151
3152 # = - set up a command alias.
3153 $cmd =~ s/^=\s*// && do {
3154 my @keys;
3155 if ( length $cmd == 0 ) {
3156
3157 # No args, get current aliases.
3158 @keys = sort keys %alias;
3159 }
3160 elsif ( my ( $k, $v ) = ( $cmd =~ /^(\S+)\s+(\S.*)/ ) ) {
3161
3162 # Creating a new alias. $k is alias name, $v is
3163 # alias value.
3164
3165 # can't use $_ or kill //g state
3166 for my $x ( $k, $v ) {
3167
3168 # Escape "alarm" characters.
3169 $x =~ s/\a/\\a/g;
3170 }
3171
3172 # Substitute key for value, using alarm chars
3173 # as separators (which is why we escaped them in
3174 # the command).
3175 $alias{$k} = "s\a$k\a$v\a";
3176
3177 # Turn off standard warn and die behavior.
3178 local $SIG{__DIE__};
3179 local $SIG{__WARN__};
3180
3181 # Is it valid Perl?
3182 unless ( eval "sub { s\a$k\a$v\a }; 1" ) {
3183
3184 # Nope. Bad alias. Say so and get out.
3185 print $OUT "Can't alias $k to $v: $@\n";
3186 delete $alias{$k};
3187 next CMD;
3188 }
3189
3190 # We'll only list the new one.
3191 @keys = ($k);
3192 } ## end elsif (my ($k, $v) = ($cmd...
3193
3194 # The argument is the alias to list.
3195 else {
3196 @keys = ($cmd);
3197 }
3198
3199 # List aliases.
3200 for my $k (@keys) {
3201
3202 # Messy metaquoting: Trim the substiution code off.
3203 # We use control-G as the delimiter because it's not
3204 # likely to appear in the alias.
3205 if ( ( my $v = $alias{$k} ) =~ s\as\a$k\a(.*)\a$\a1\a ) {
3206
3207 # Print the alias.
3208 print $OUT "$k\t= $1\n";
3209 }
3210 elsif ( defined $alias{$k} ) {
3211
3212 # Couldn't trim it off; just print the alias code.
3213 print $OUT "$k\t$alias{$k}\n";
3214 }
3215 else {
3216
3217 # No such, dude.
3218 print "No alias for $k\n";
3219 }
3220 } ## end for my $k (@keys)
3221 next CMD;
3222 };
3223
3224=head4 C<source> - read commands from a file.
3225
3226Opens a lexical filehandle and stacks it on C<@cmdfhs>; C<DB::readline> will
3227pick it up.
3228
3229=cut
3230
3231 # source - read commands from a file (or pipe!) and execute.
3232 $cmd =~ /^source\s+(.*\S)/ && do {
3233 if ( open my $fh, $1 ) {
3234
3235 # Opened OK; stick it in the list of file handles.
3236 push @cmdfhs, $fh;
3237 }
3238 else {
3239
3240 # Couldn't open it.
3241 &warn("Can't execute `$1': $!\n");
3242 }
3243 next CMD;
3244 };
3245
3246=head4 C<save> - send current history to a file
3247
3248Takes the complete history, (not the shrunken version you see with C<H>),
3249and saves it to the given filename, so it can be replayed using C<source>.
3250
3251Note that all C<^(save|source)>'s are commented out with a view to minimise recursion.
3252
3253=cut
3254
3255 # save source - write commands to a file for later use
3256 $cmd =~ /^save\s*(.*)$/ && do {
3257 my $file = $1 || '.perl5dbrc'; # default?
3258 if ( open my $fh, "> $file" ) {
3259
3260 # chomp to remove extraneous newlines from source'd files
3261 chomp( my @truelist =
3262 map { m/^\s*(save|source)/ ? "#$_" : $_ }
3263 @truehist );
3264 print $fh join( "\n", @truelist );
3265 print "commands saved in $file\n";
3266 }
3267 else {
3268 &warn("Can't save debugger commands in '$1': $!\n");
3269 }
3270 next CMD;
3271 };
3272
3273=head4 C<R> - restart
3274
3275Restart the debugger session.
3276
3277=head4 C<rerun> - rerun the current session
3278
3279Return to any given position in the B<true>-history list
3280
3281=cut
3282
3283 # R - restart execution.
3284 # rerun - controlled restart execution.
3285 $cmd =~ /^(R|rerun\s*(.*))$/ && do {
3286 my @args = ($1 eq 'R' ? restart() : rerun($2));
3287
3288 # Close all non-system fds for a clean restart. A more
3289 # correct method would be to close all fds that were not
3290 # open when the process started, but this seems to be
3291 # hard. See "debugger 'R'estart and open database
3292 # connections" on p5p.
3293
3294 my $max_fd = 1024; # default if POSIX can't be loaded
3295 if (eval { require POSIX }) {
3296 $max_fd = POSIX::sysconf(POSIX::_SC_OPEN_MAX());
3297 }
3298
3299 if (defined $max_fd) {
3300 foreach ($^F+1 .. $max_fd-1) {
3301 next unless open FD_TO_CLOSE, "<&=$_";
3302 close(FD_TO_CLOSE);
3303 }
3304 }
3305
3306 # And run Perl again. We use exec() to keep the
3307 # PID stable (and that way $ini_pids is still valid).
3308 exec(@args) || print $OUT "exec failed: $!\n";
3309
3310 last CMD;
3311 };
3312
3313=head4 C<|, ||> - pipe output through the pager.
3314
3315For C<|>, we save C<OUT> (the debugger's output filehandle) and C<STDOUT>
3316(the program's standard output). For C<||>, we only save C<OUT>. We open a
3317pipe to the pager (restoring the output filehandles if this fails). If this
3318is the C<|> command, we also set up a C<SIGPIPE> handler which will simply
3319set C<$signal>, sending us back into the debugger.
3320
3321We then trim off the pipe symbols and C<redo> the command loop at the
3322C<PIPE> label, causing us to evaluate the command in C<$cmd> without
3323reading another.
3324
3325=cut
3326
3327 # || - run command in the pager, with output to DB::OUT.
3328 $cmd =~ /^\|\|?\s*[^|]/ && do {
3329 if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) {
3330
3331 # Default pager is into a pipe. Redirect I/O.
3332 open( SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT" )
3333 || &warn("Can't save STDOUT");
3334 open( STDOUT, ">&OUT" )
3335 || &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT");
3336 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3337 else {
3338
3339 # Not into a pipe. STDOUT is safe.
3340 open( SAVEOUT, ">&OUT" ) || &warn("Can't save DB::OUT");
3341 }
3342
3343 # Fix up environment to record we have less if so.
3344 fix_less();
3345
3346 unless ( $piped = open( OUT, $pager ) ) {
3347
3348 # Couldn't open pipe to pager.
3349 &warn("Can't pipe output to `$pager'");
3350 if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) {
3351
3352 # Redirect I/O back again.
3353 open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) # XXX: lost message
3354 || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3355 open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" )
3356 || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
3357 close(SAVEOUT);
3358 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3359 else {
3360
3361 # Redirect I/O. STDOUT already safe.
3362 open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) # XXX: lost message
3363 || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3364 }
3365 next CMD;
3366 } ## end unless ($piped = open(OUT,...
3367
3368 # Set up broken-pipe handler if necessary.
3369 $SIG{PIPE} = \&DB::catch
3370 if $pager =~ /^\|/
3371 && ( "" eq $SIG{PIPE} || "DEFAULT" eq $SIG{PIPE} );
3372
3373 # Save current filehandle, unbuffer out, and put it back.
3374 $selected = select(OUT);
3375 $| = 1;
3376
3377 # Don't put it back if pager was a pipe.
3378 select($selected), $selected = "" unless $cmd =~ /^\|\|/;
3379
3380 # Trim off the pipe symbols and run the command now.
3381 $cmd =~ s/^\|+\s*//;
3382 redo PIPE;
3383 };
3384
3385=head3 END OF COMMAND PARSING
3386
3387Anything left in C<$cmd> at this point is a Perl expression that we want to
3388evaluate. We'll always evaluate in the user's context, and fully qualify
3389any variables we might want to address in the C<DB> package.
3390
3391=cut
3392
3393 # t - turn trace on.
3394 $cmd =~ s/^t\s/\$DB::trace |= 1;\n/;
3395
3396 # s - single-step. Remember the last command was 's'.
3397 $cmd =~ s/^s\s/\$DB::single = 1;\n/ && do { $laststep = 's' };
3398
3399 # n - single-step, but not into subs. Remember last command
3400 # was 'n'.
3401 $cmd =~ s/^n\s/\$DB::single = 2;\n/ && do { $laststep = 'n' };
3402
3403 } # PIPE:
3404
3405 # Make sure the flag that says "the debugger's running" is
3406 # still on, to make sure we get control again.
3407 $evalarg = "\$^D = \$^D | \$DB::db_stop;\n$cmd";
3408
3409 # Run *our* eval that executes in the caller's context.
3410 &eval;
3411
3412 # Turn off the one-time-dump stuff now.
3413 if ($onetimeDump) {
3414 $onetimeDump = undef;
3415 $onetimedumpDepth = undef;
3416 }
3417 elsif ( $term_pid == $$ ) {
3418 STDOUT->flush();
3419 STDERR->flush();
3420
3421 # XXX If this is the master pid, print a newline.
3422 print $OUT "\n";
3423 }
3424 } ## end while (($term || &setterm...
3425
3426=head3 POST-COMMAND PROCESSING
3427
3428After each command, we check to see if the command output was piped anywhere.
3429If so, we go through the necessary code to unhook the pipe and go back to
3430our standard filehandles for input and output.
3431
3432=cut
3433
3434 continue { # CMD:
3435
3436 # At the end of every command:
3437 if ($piped) {
3438
3439 # Unhook the pipe mechanism now.
3440 if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) {
3441
3442 # No error from the child.
3443 $? = 0;
3444
3445 # we cannot warn here: the handle is missing --tchrist
3446 close(OUT) || print SAVEOUT "\nCan't close DB::OUT\n";
3447
3448 # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms
3449 # $? is explicitly set to 0, so this never runs.
3450 if ($?) {
3451 print SAVEOUT "Pager `$pager' failed: ";
3452 if ( $? == -1 ) {
3453 print SAVEOUT "shell returned -1\n";
3454 }
3455 elsif ( $? >> 8 ) {
3456 print SAVEOUT ( $? & 127 )
3457 ? " (SIG#" . ( $? & 127 ) . ")"
3458 : "", ( $? & 128 ) ? " -- core dumped" : "", "\n";
3459 }
3460 else {
3461 print SAVEOUT "status ", ( $? >> 8 ), "\n";
3462 }
3463 } ## end if ($?)
3464
3465 # Reopen filehandle for our output (if we can) and
3466 # restore STDOUT (if we can).
3467 open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3468 open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" )
3469 || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
3470
3471 # Turn off pipe exception handler if necessary.
3472 $SIG{PIPE} = "DEFAULT" if $SIG{PIPE} eq \&DB::catch;
3473
3474 # Will stop ignoring SIGPIPE if done like nohup(1)
3475 # does SIGINT but Perl doesn't give us a choice.
3476 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3477 else {
3478
3479 # Non-piped "pager". Just restore STDOUT.
3480 open( OUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3481 }
3482
3483 # Close filehandle pager was using, restore the normal one
3484 # if necessary,
3485 close(SAVEOUT);
3486 select($selected), $selected = "" unless $selected eq "";
3487
3488 # No pipes now.
3489 $piped = "";
3490 } ## end if ($piped)
3491 } # CMD:
3492
3493=head3 COMMAND LOOP TERMINATION
3494
3495When commands have finished executing, we come here. If the user closed the
3496input filehandle, we turn on C<$fall_off_end> to emulate a C<q> command. We
3497evaluate any post-prompt items. We restore C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>,
3498C<$\>, and C<$^W>, and return a null list as expected by the Perl interpreter.
3499The interpreter will then execute the next line and then return control to us
3500again.
3501
3502=cut
3503
3504 # No more commands? Quit.
3505 $fall_off_end = 1 unless defined $cmd; # Emulate `q' on EOF
3506
3507 # Evaluate post-prompt commands.
3508 foreach $evalarg (@$post) {
3509 &eval;
3510 }
3511 } # if ($single || $signal)
3512
3513 # Put the user's globals back where you found them.
3514 ( $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W ) = @saved;
3515 ();
3516} ## end sub DB
3517
3518# The following code may be executed now:
3519# BEGIN {warn 4}
3520
3521=head2 sub
3522
3523C<sub> is called whenever a subroutine call happens in the program being
3524debugged. The variable C<$DB::sub> contains the name of the subroutine
3525being called.
3526
3527The core function of this subroutine is to actually call the sub in the proper
3528context, capturing its output. This of course causes C<DB::DB> to get called
3529again, repeating until the subroutine ends and returns control to C<DB::sub>
3530again. Once control returns, C<DB::sub> figures out whether or not to dump the
3531return value, and returns its captured copy of the return value as its own
3532return value. The value then feeds back into the program being debugged as if
3533C<DB::sub> hadn't been there at all.
3534
3535C<sub> does all the work of printing the subroutine entry and exit messages
3536enabled by setting C<$frame>. It notes what sub the autoloader got called for,
3537and also prints the return value if needed (for the C<r> command and if
3538the 16 bit is set in C<$frame>).
3539
3540It also tracks the subroutine call depth by saving the current setting of
3541C<$single> in the C<@stack> package global; if this exceeds the value in
3542C<$deep>, C<sub> automatically turns on printing of the current depth by
3543setting the C<4> bit in C<$single>. In any case, it keeps the current setting
3544of stop/don't stop on entry to subs set as it currently is set.
3545
3546=head3 C<caller()> support
3547
3548If C<caller()> is called from the package C<DB>, it provides some
3549additional data, in the following order:
3550
3551=over 4
3552
3553=item * C<$package>
3554
3555The package name the sub was in
3556
3557=item * C<$filename>
3558
3559The filename it was defined in
3560
3561=item * C<$line>
3562
3563The line number it was defined on
3564
3565=item * C<$subroutine>
3566
3567The subroutine name; C<(eval)> if an C<eval>().
3568
3569=item * C<$hasargs>
3570
35711 if it has arguments, 0 if not
3572
3573=item * C<$wantarray>
3574
35751 if array context, 0 if scalar context
3576
3577=item * C<$evaltext>
3578
3579The C<eval>() text, if any (undefined for C<eval BLOCK>)
3580
3581=item * C<$is_require>
3582
3583frame was created by a C<use> or C<require> statement
3584
3585=item * C<$hints>
3586
3587pragma information; subject to change between versions
3588
3589=item * C<$bitmask>
3590
3591pragma information; subject to change between versions
3592
3593=item * C<@DB::args>
3594
3595arguments with which the subroutine was invoked
3596
3597=back
3598
3599=cut
3600
3601sub sub {
3602
3603 # lock ourselves under threads
3604 lock($DBGR);
3605
3606 # Whether or not the autoloader was running, a scalar to put the
3607 # sub's return value in (if needed), and an array to put the sub's
3608 # return value in (if needed).
3609 my ( $al, $ret, @ret ) = "";
3610 if ($sub =~ /^threads::new$/ && $ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
3611 print "creating new thread\n";
3612 }
3613
3614 # If the last ten characters are C'::AUTOLOAD', note we've traced
3615 # into AUTOLOAD for $sub.
3616 if ( length($sub) > 10 && substr( $sub, -10, 10 ) eq '::AUTOLOAD' ) {
3617 $al = " for $$sub";
3618 }
3619
3620 # We stack the stack pointer and then increment it to protect us
3621 # from a situation that might unwind a whole bunch of call frames
3622 # at once. Localizing the stack pointer means that it will automatically
3623 # unwind the same amount when multiple stack frames are unwound.
3624 local $stack_depth = $stack_depth + 1; # Protect from non-local exits
3625
3626 # Expand @stack.
3627 $#stack = $stack_depth;
3628
3629 # Save current single-step setting.
3630 $stack[-1] = $single;
3631
3632 # Turn off all flags except single-stepping.
3633 $single &= 1;
3634
3635 # If we've gotten really deeply recursed, turn on the flag that will
3636 # make us stop with the 'deep recursion' message.
3637 $single |= 4 if $stack_depth == $deep;
3638
3639 # If frame messages are on ...
3640 (
3641 $frame & 4 # Extended frame entry message
3642 ? (
3643 print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "in " ),
3644
3645 # Why -1? But it works! :-(
3646 # Because print_trace will call add 1 to it and then call
3647 # dump_trace; this results in our skipping -1+1 = 0 stack frames
3648 # in dump_trace.
3649 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3650 )
3651 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "entering $sub$al\n" )
3652
3653 # standard frame entry message
3654 )
3655 if $frame;
3656
3657 # Determine the sub's return type,and capture approppriately.
3658 if (wantarray) {
3659
3660 # Called in array context. call sub and capture output.
3661 # DB::DB will recursively get control again if appropriate; we'll come
3662 # back here when the sub is finished.
3663 if ($assertion) {
3664 $assertion = 0;
3665 eval { @ret = &$sub; };
3666 if ($@) {
3667 print $OUT $@;
3668 $signal = 1 unless $warnassertions;
3669 }
3670 }
3671 else {
3672 @ret = &$sub;
3673 }
3674
3675 # Pop the single-step value back off the stack.
3676 $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ];
3677
3678 # Check for exit trace messages...
3679 (
3680 $frame & 4 # Extended exit message
3681 ? (
3682 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "out " ),
3683 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3684 )
3685 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n" )
3686
3687 # Standard exit message
3688 )
3689 if $frame & 2;
3690
3691 # Print the return info if we need to.
3692 if ( $doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16 ) {
3693
3694 # Turn off output record separator.
3695 local $\ = '';
3696 my $fh = ( $doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO );
3697
3698 # Indent if we're printing because of $frame tracing.
3699 print $fh ' ' x $stack_depth if $frame & 16;
3700
3701 # Print the return value.
3702 print $fh "list context return from $sub:\n";
3703 dumpit( $fh, \@ret );
3704
3705 # And don't print it again.
3706 $doret = -2;
3707 } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth...
3708 # And we have to return the return value now.
3709 @ret;
3710 } ## end if (wantarray)
3711
3712 # Scalar context.
3713 else {
3714 if ($assertion) {
3715 $assertion = 0;
3716 eval {
3717
3718 # Save the value if it's wanted at all.
3719 $ret = &$sub;
3720 };
3721 if ($@) {
3722 print $OUT $@;
3723 $signal = 1 unless $warnassertions;
3724 }
3725 $ret = undef unless defined wantarray;
3726 }
3727 else {
3728 if ( defined wantarray ) {
3729
3730 # Save the value if it's wanted at all.
3731 $ret = &$sub;
3732 }
3733 else {
3734
3735 # Void return, explicitly.
3736 &$sub;
3737 undef $ret;
3738 }
3739 } # if assertion
3740
3741 # Pop the single-step value off the stack.
3742 $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ];
3743
3744 # If we're doing exit messages...
3745 (
3746 $frame & 4 # Extended messsages
3747 ? (
3748 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "out " ),
3749 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3750 )
3751 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n" )
3752
3753 # Standard messages
3754 )
3755 if $frame & 2;
3756
3757 # If we are supposed to show the return value... same as before.
3758 if ( $doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16 and defined wantarray ) {
3759 local $\ = '';
3760 my $fh = ( $doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO );
3761 print $fh ( ' ' x $stack_depth ) if $frame & 16;
3762 print $fh (
3763 defined wantarray
3764 ? "scalar context return from $sub: "
3765 : "void context return from $sub\n"
3766 );
3767 dumpit( $fh, $ret ) if defined wantarray;
3768 $doret = -2;
3769 } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth...
3770
3771 # Return the appropriate scalar value.
3772 $ret;
3773 } ## end else [ if (wantarray)
3774} ## end sub sub
3775
3776=head1 EXTENDED COMMAND HANDLING AND THE COMMAND API
3777
3778In Perl 5.8.0, there was a major realignment of the commands and what they did,
3779Most of the changes were to systematize the command structure and to eliminate
3780commands that threw away user input without checking.
3781
3782The following sections describe the code added to make it easy to support
3783multiple command sets with conflicting command names. This section is a start
3784at unifying all command processing to make it simpler to develop commands.
3785
3786Note that all the cmd_[a-zA-Z] subroutines require the command name, a line
3787number, and C<$dbline> (the current line) as arguments.
3788
3789Support functions in this section which have multiple modes of failure C<die>
3790on error; the rest simply return a false value.
3791
3792The user-interface functions (all of the C<cmd_*> functions) just output
3793error messages.
3794
3795=head2 C<%set>
3796
3797The C<%set> hash defines the mapping from command letter to subroutine
3798name suffix.
3799
3800C<%set> is a two-level hash, indexed by set name and then by command name.
3801Note that trying to set the CommandSet to C<foobar> simply results in the
38025.8.0 command set being used, since there's no top-level entry for C<foobar>.
3803
3804=cut
3805
3806### The API section
3807
3808my %set = ( #
3809 'pre580' => {
3810 'a' => 'pre580_a',
3811 'A' => 'pre580_null',
3812 'b' => 'pre580_b',
3813 'B' => 'pre580_null',
3814 'd' => 'pre580_null',
3815 'D' => 'pre580_D',
3816 'h' => 'pre580_h',
3817 'M' => 'pre580_null',
3818 'O' => 'o',
3819 'o' => 'pre580_null',
3820 'v' => 'M',
3821 'w' => 'v',
3822 'W' => 'pre580_W',
3823 },
3824 'pre590' => {
3825 '<' => 'pre590_prepost',
3826 '<<' => 'pre590_prepost',
3827 '>' => 'pre590_prepost',
3828 '>>' => 'pre590_prepost',
3829 '{' => 'pre590_prepost',
3830 '{{' => 'pre590_prepost',
3831 },
3832);
3833
3834=head2 C<cmd_wrapper()> (API)
3835
3836C<cmd_wrapper()> allows the debugger to switch command sets
3837depending on the value of the C<CommandSet> option.
3838
3839It tries to look up the command in the C<%set> package-level I<lexical>
3840(which means external entities can't fiddle with it) and create the name of
3841the sub to call based on the value found in the hash (if it's there). I<All>
3842of the commands to be handled in a set have to be added to C<%set>; if they
3843aren't found, the 5.8.0 equivalent is called (if there is one).
3844
3845This code uses symbolic references.
3846
3847=cut
3848
3849sub cmd_wrapper {
3850 my $cmd = shift;
3851 my $line = shift;
3852 my $dblineno = shift;
3853
3854 # Assemble the command subroutine's name by looking up the
3855 # command set and command name in %set. If we can't find it,
3856 # default to the older version of the command.
3857 my $call = 'cmd_'
3858 . ( $set{$CommandSet}{$cmd}
3859 || ( $cmd =~ /^[<>{]+/o ? 'prepost' : $cmd ) );
3860
3861 # Call the command subroutine, call it by name.
3862 return &$call( $cmd, $line, $dblineno );
3863} ## end sub cmd_wrapper
3864
3865=head3 C<cmd_a> (command)
3866
3867The C<a> command handles pre-execution actions. These are associated with a
3868particular line, so they're stored in C<%dbline>. We default to the current
3869line if none is specified.
3870
3871=cut
3872
3873sub cmd_a {
3874 my $cmd = shift;
3875 my $line = shift || ''; # [.|line] expr
3876 my $dbline = shift;
3877
3878 # If it's dot (here), or not all digits, use the current line.
3879 $line =~ s/^(\.|(?:[^\d]))/$dbline/;
3880
3881 # Should be a line number followed by an expression.
3882 if ( $line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/ ) {
3883 my ( $lineno, $expr ) = ( $1, $2 );
3884
3885 # If we have an expression ...
3886 if ( length $expr ) {
3887
3888 # ... but the line isn't breakable, complain.
3889 if ( $dbline[$lineno] == 0 ) {
3890 print $OUT
3891 "Line $lineno($dbline[$lineno]) does not have an action?\n";
3892 }
3893 else {
3894
3895 # It's executable. Record that the line has an action.
3896 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2;
3897
3898 # Remove any action, temp breakpoint, etc.
3899 $dbline{$lineno} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
3900
3901 # Add the action to the line.
3902 $dbline{$lineno} .= "\0" . action($expr);
3903 }
3904 } ## end if (length $expr)
3905 } ## end if ($line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/)
3906 else {
3907
3908 # Syntax wrong.
3909 print $OUT
3910 "Adding an action requires an optional lineno and an expression\n"
3911 ; # hint
3912 }
3913} ## end sub cmd_a
3914
3915=head3 C<cmd_A> (command)
3916
3917Delete actions. Similar to above, except the delete code is in a separate
3918subroutine, C<delete_action>.
3919
3920=cut
3921
3922sub cmd_A {
3923 my $cmd = shift;
3924 my $line = shift || '';
3925 my $dbline = shift;
3926
3927 # Dot is this line.
3928 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
3929
3930 # Call delete_action with a null param to delete them all.
3931 # The '1' forces the eval to be true. It'll be false only
3932 # if delete_action blows up for some reason, in which case
3933 # we print $@ and get out.
3934 if ( $line eq '*' ) {
3935 eval { &delete_action(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
3936 }
3937
3938 # There's a real line number. Pass it to delete_action.
3939 # Error trapping is as above.
3940 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
3941 eval { &delete_action($1); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
3942 }
3943
3944 # Swing and a miss. Bad syntax.
3945 else {
3946 print $OUT
3947 "Deleting an action requires a line number, or '*' for all\n" ; # hint
3948 }
3949} ## end sub cmd_A
3950
3951=head3 C<delete_action> (API)
3952
3953C<delete_action> accepts either a line number or C<undef>. If a line number
3954is specified, we check for the line being executable (if it's not, it
3955couldn't have had an action). If it is, we just take the action off (this
3956will get any kind of an action, including breakpoints).
3957
3958=cut
3959
3960sub delete_action {
3961 my $i = shift;
3962 if ( defined($i) ) {
3963
3964 # Can there be one?
3965 die "Line $i has no action .\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
3966
3967 # Nuke whatever's there.
3968 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//; # \^a
3969 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
3970 }
3971 else {
3972 print $OUT "Deleting all actions...\n";
3973 for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
3974 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
3975 my $max = $#dbline;
3976 my $was;
3977 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
3978 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
3979 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
3980 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
3981 }
3982 unless ( $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~2 ) {
3983 delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
3984 }
3985 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
3986 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
3987 } ## end else [ if (defined($i))
3988} ## end sub delete_action
3989
3990=head3 C<cmd_b> (command)
3991
3992Set breakpoints. Since breakpoints can be set in so many places, in so many
3993ways, conditionally or not, the breakpoint code is kind of complex. Mostly,
3994we try to parse the command type, and then shuttle it off to an appropriate
3995subroutine to actually do the work of setting the breakpoint in the right
3996place.
3997
3998=cut
3999
4000sub cmd_b {
4001 my $cmd = shift;
4002 my $line = shift; # [.|line] [cond]
4003 my $dbline = shift;
4004
4005 # Make . the current line number if it's there..
4006 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
4007
4008 # No line number, no condition. Simple break on current line.
4009 if ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
4010 &cmd_b_line( $dbline, 1 );
4011 }
4012
4013 # Break on load for a file.
4014 elsif ( $line =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/ ) {
4015 my $file = $1;
4016 $file =~ s/\s+$//;
4017 &cmd_b_load($file);
4018 }
4019
4020 # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>]
4021 # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the
4022 # necessary condition in the %postponed hash.
4023 elsif ( $line =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
4024
4025 # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none.
4026 my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1';
4027
4028 # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0
4029 # if it was 'compile'.
4030 my ( $subname, $break ) = ( $2, $1 eq 'postpone' );
4031
4032 # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::.
4033 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
4034
4035 # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified.
4036 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/;
4037
4038 # Add main if it starts with ::.
4039 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
4040
4041 # Save the break type for this sub.
4042 $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile";
4043 } ## end elsif ($line =~ ...
4044
4045 # b <sub name> [<condition>]
4046 elsif ( $line =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/ ) {
4047
4048 #
4049 $subname = $1;
4050 $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
4051 &cmd_b_sub( $subname, $cond );
4052 }
4053
4054 # b <line> [<condition>].
4055 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
4056
4057 # Capture the line. If none, it's the current line.
4058 $line = $1 || $dbline;
4059
4060 # If there's no condition, make it '1'.
4061 $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
4062
4063 # Break on line.
4064 &cmd_b_line( $line, $cond );
4065 }
4066
4067 # Line didn't make sense.
4068 else {
4069 print "confused by line($line)?\n";
4070 }
4071} ## end sub cmd_b
4072
4073=head3 C<break_on_load> (API)
4074
4075We want to break when this file is loaded. Mark this file in the
4076C<%break_on_load> hash, and note that it has a breakpoint in
4077C<%had_breakpoints>.
4078
4079=cut
4080
4081sub break_on_load {
4082 my $file = shift;
4083 $break_on_load{$file} = 1;
4084 $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1;
4085}
4086
4087=head3 C<report_break_on_load> (API)
4088
4089Gives us an array of filenames that are set to break on load. Note that
4090only files with break-on-load are in here, so simply showing the keys
4091suffices.
4092
4093=cut
4094
4095sub report_break_on_load {
4096 sort keys %break_on_load;
4097}
4098
4099=head3 C<cmd_b_load> (command)
4100
4101We take the file passed in and try to find it in C<%INC> (which maps modules
4102to files they came from). We mark those files for break-on-load via
4103C<break_on_load> and then report that it was done.
4104
4105=cut
4106
4107sub cmd_b_load {
4108 my $file = shift;
4109 my @files;
4110
4111 # This is a block because that way we can use a redo inside it
4112 # even without there being any looping structure at all outside it.
4113 {
4114
4115 # Save short name and full path if found.
4116 push @files, $file;
4117 push @files, $::INC{$file} if $::INC{$file};
4118
4119 # Tack on .pm and do it again unless there was a '.' in the name
4120 # already.
4121 $file .= '.pm', redo unless $file =~ /\./;
4122 }
4123
4124 # Do the real work here.
4125 break_on_load($_) for @files;
4126
4127 # All the files that have break-on-load breakpoints.
4128 @files = report_break_on_load;
4129
4130 # Normalize for the purposes of our printing this.
4131 local $\ = '';
4132 local $" = ' ';
4133 print $OUT "Will stop on load of `@files'.\n";
4134} ## end sub cmd_b_load
4135
4136=head3 C<$filename_error> (API package global)
4137
4138Several of the functions we need to implement in the API need to work both
4139on the current file and on other files. We don't want to duplicate code, so
4140C<$filename_error> is used to contain the name of the file that's being
4141worked on (if it's not the current one).
4142
4143We can now build functions in pairs: the basic function works on the current
4144file, and uses C<$filename_error> as part of its error message. Since this is
4145initialized to C<"">, no filename will appear when we are working on the
4146current file.
4147
4148The second function is a wrapper which does the following:
4149
4150=over 4
4151
4152=item *
4153
4154Localizes C<$filename_error> and sets it to the name of the file to be processed.
4155
4156=item *
4157
4158Localizes the C<*dbline> glob and reassigns it to point to the file we want to process.
4159
4160=item *
4161
4162Calls the first function.
4163
4164The first function works on the I<current> file (i.e., the one we changed to),
4165and prints C<$filename_error> in the error message (the name of the other file)
4166if it needs to. When the functions return, C<*dbline> is restored to point
4167to the actual current file (the one we're executing in) and
4168C<$filename_error> is restored to C<"">. This restores everything to
4169the way it was before the second function was called at all.
4170
4171See the comments in C<breakable_line> and C<breakable_line_in_file> for more
4172details.
4173
4174=back
4175
4176=cut
4177
4178$filename_error = '';
4179
4180=head3 breakable_line(from, to) (API)
4181
4182The subroutine decides whether or not a line in the current file is breakable.
4183It walks through C<@dbline> within the range of lines specified, looking for
4184the first line that is breakable.
4185
4186If C<$to> is greater than C<$from>, the search moves forwards, finding the
4187first line I<after> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one.
4188
4189If C<$from> is greater than C<$to>, the search goes I<backwards>, finding the
4190first line I<before> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one.
4191
4192=cut
4193
4194sub breakable_line {
4195
4196 my ( $from, $to ) = @_;
4197
4198 # $i is the start point. (Where are the FORTRAN programs of yesteryear?)
4199 my $i = $from;
4200
4201 # If there are at least 2 arguments, we're trying to search a range.
4202 if ( @_ >= 2 ) {
4203
4204 # $delta is positive for a forward search, negative for a backward one.
4205 my $delta = $from < $to ? +1 : -1;
4206
4207 # Keep us from running off the ends of the file.
4208 my $limit = $delta > 0 ? $#dbline : 1;
4209
4210 # Clever test. If you're a mathematician, it's obvious why this
4211 # test works. If not:
4212 # If $delta is positive (going forward), $limit will be $#dbline.
4213 # If $to is less than $limit, ($limit - $to) will be positive, times
4214 # $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is > 0 and we should use $to
4215 # as the stopping point.
4216 #
4217 # If $to is greater than $limit, ($limit - $to) is negative,
4218 # times $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is < 0 and we should
4219 # use $limit ($#dbline) as the stopping point.
4220 #
4221 # If $delta is negative (going backward), $limit will be 1.
4222 # If $to is zero, ($limit - $to) will be 1, times $delta of -1
4223 # (negative) so the result is > 0, and we use $to as the stopping
4224 # point.
4225 #
4226 # If $to is less than zero, ($limit - $to) will be positive,
4227 # times $delta of -1 (negative), so the result is not > 0, and
4228 # we use $limit (1) as the stopping point.
4229 #
4230 # If $to is 1, ($limit - $to) will zero, times $delta of -1
4231 # (negative), still giving zero; the result is not > 0, and
4232 # we use $limit (1) as the stopping point.
4233 #
4234 # if $to is >1, ($limit - $to) will be negative, times $delta of -1
4235 # (negative), giving a positive (>0) value, so we'll set $limit to
4236 # $to.
4237
4238 $limit = $to if ( $limit - $to ) * $delta > 0;
4239
4240 # The real search loop.
4241 # $i starts at $from (the point we want to start searching from).
4242 # We move through @dbline in the appropriate direction (determined
4243 # by $delta: either -1 (back) or +1 (ahead).
4244 # We stay in as long as we haven't hit an executable line
4245 # ($dbline[$i] == 0 means not executable) and we haven't reached
4246 # the limit yet (test similar to the above).
4247 $i += $delta while $dbline[$i] == 0 and ( $limit - $i ) * $delta > 0;
4248
4249 } ## end if (@_ >= 2)
4250
4251 # If $i points to a line that is executable, return that.
4252 return $i unless $dbline[$i] == 0;
4253
4254 # Format the message and print it: no breakable lines in range.
4255 my ( $pl, $upto ) = ( '', '' );
4256 ( $pl, $upto ) = ( 's', "..$to" ) if @_ >= 2 and $from != $to;
4257
4258 # If there's a filename in filename_error, we'll see it.
4259 # If not, not.
4260 die "Line$pl $from$upto$filename_error not breakable\n";
4261} ## end sub breakable_line
4262
4263=head3 breakable_line_in_filename(file, from, to) (API)
4264
4265Like C<breakable_line>, but look in another file.
4266
4267=cut
4268
4269sub breakable_line_in_filename {
4270
4271 # Capture the file name.
4272 my ($f) = shift;
4273
4274 # Swap the magic line array over there temporarily.
4275 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f };
4276
4277 # If there's an error, it's in this other file.
4278 local $filename_error = " of `$f'";
4279
4280 # Find the breakable line.
4281 breakable_line(@_);
4282
4283 # *dbline and $filename_error get restored when this block ends.
4284
4285} ## end sub breakable_line_in_filename
4286
4287=head3 break_on_line(lineno, [condition]) (API)
4288
4289Adds a breakpoint with the specified condition (or 1 if no condition was
4290specified) to the specified line. Dies if it can't.
4291
4292=cut
4293
4294sub break_on_line {
4295 my ( $i, $cond ) = @_;
4296
4297 # Always true if no condition supplied.
4298 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4299
4300 my $inii = $i;
4301 my $after = '';
4302 my $pl = '';
4303
4304 # Woops, not a breakable line. $filename_error allows us to say
4305 # if it was in a different file.
4306 die "Line $i$filename_error not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
4307
4308 # Mark this file as having breakpoints in it.
4309 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
4310
4311 # If there is an action or condition here already ...
4312 if ( $dbline{$i} ) {
4313
4314 # ... swap this condition for the existing one.
4315 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*/$cond/;
4316 }
4317 else {
4318
4319 # Nothing here - just add the condition.
4320 $dbline{$i} = $cond;
4321 }
4322} ## end sub break_on_line
4323
4324=head3 cmd_b_line(line, [condition]) (command)
4325
4326Wrapper for C<break_on_line>. Prints the failure message if it
4327doesn't work.
4328
4329=cut
4330
4331sub cmd_b_line {
4332 eval { break_on_line(@_); 1 } or do {
4333 local $\ = '';
4334 print $OUT $@ and return;
4335 };
4336} ## end sub cmd_b_line
4337
4338=head3 break_on_filename_line(file, line, [condition]) (API)
4339
4340Switches to the file specified and then calls C<break_on_line> to set
4341the breakpoint.
4342
4343=cut
4344
4345sub break_on_filename_line {
4346 my ( $f, $i, $cond ) = @_;
4347
4348 # Always true if condition left off.
4349 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3;
4350
4351 # Switch the magical hash temporarily.
4352 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f };
4353
4354 # Localize the variables that break_on_line uses to make its message.
4355 local $filename_error = " of `$f'";
4356 local $filename = $f;
4357
4358 # Add the breakpoint.
4359 break_on_line( $i, $cond );
4360} ## end sub break_on_filename_line
4361
4362=head3 break_on_filename_line_range(file, from, to, [condition]) (API)
4363
4364Switch to another file, search the range of lines specified for an
4365executable one, and put a breakpoint on the first one you find.
4366
4367=cut
4368
4369sub break_on_filename_line_range {
4370 my ( $f, $from, $to, $cond ) = @_;
4371
4372 # Find a breakable line if there is one.
4373 my $i = breakable_line_in_filename( $f, $from, $to );
4374
4375 # Always true if missing.
4376 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3;
4377
4378 # Add the breakpoint.
4379 break_on_filename_line( $f, $i, $cond );
4380} ## end sub break_on_filename_line_range
4381
4382=head3 subroutine_filename_lines(subname, [condition]) (API)
4383
4384Search for a subroutine within a given file. The condition is ignored.
4385Uses C<find_sub> to locate the desired subroutine.
4386
4387=cut
4388
4389sub subroutine_filename_lines {
4390 my ( $subname, $cond ) = @_;
4391
4392 # Returned value from find_sub() is fullpathname:startline-endline.
4393 # The match creates the list (fullpathname, start, end). Falling off
4394 # the end of the subroutine returns this implicitly.
4395 find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-(\d+)$/;
4396} ## end sub subroutine_filename_lines
4397
4398=head3 break_subroutine(subname) (API)
4399
4400Places a break on the first line possible in the specified subroutine. Uses
4401C<subroutine_filename_lines> to find the subroutine, and
4402C<break_on_filename_line_range> to place the break.
4403
4404=cut
4405
4406sub break_subroutine {
4407 my $subname = shift;
4408
4409 # Get filename, start, and end.
4410 my ( $file, $s, $e ) = subroutine_filename_lines($subname)
4411 or die "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
4412
4413 # Null condition changes to '1' (always true).
4414 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4415
4416 # Put a break the first place possible in the range of lines
4417 # that make up this subroutine.
4418 break_on_filename_line_range( $file, $s, $e, @_ );
4419} ## end sub break_subroutine
4420
4421=head3 cmd_b_sub(subname, [condition]) (command)
4422
4423We take the incoming subroutine name and fully-qualify it as best we can.
4424
4425=over 4
4426
4427=item 1. If it's already fully-qualified, leave it alone.
4428
4429=item 2. Try putting it in the current package.
4430
4431=item 3. If it's not there, try putting it in CORE::GLOBAL if it exists there.
4432
4433=item 4. If it starts with '::', put it in 'main::'.
4434
4435=back
4436
4437After all this cleanup, we call C<break_subroutine> to try to set the
4438breakpoint.
4439
4440=cut
4441
4442sub cmd_b_sub {
4443 my ( $subname, $cond ) = @_;
4444
4445 # Add always-true condition if we have none.
4446 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4447
4448 # If the subname isn't a code reference, qualify it so that
4449 # break_subroutine() will work right.
4450 unless ( ref $subname eq 'CODE' ) {
4451
4452 # Not Perl4.
4453 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
4454 my $s = $subname;
4455
4456 # Put it in this package unless it's already qualified.
4457 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname
4458 unless $subname =~ /::/;
4459
4460 # Requalify it into CORE::GLOBAL if qualifying it into this
4461 # package resulted in its not being defined, but only do so
4462 # if it really is in CORE::GLOBAL.
4463 $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s"
4464 if not defined &$subname
4465 and $s !~ /::/
4466 and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"};
4467
4468 # Put it in package 'main' if it has a leading ::.
4469 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
4470
4471 } ## end unless (ref $subname eq 'CODE')
4472
4473 # Try to set the breakpoint.
4474 eval { break_subroutine( $subname, $cond ); 1 } or do {
4475 local $\ = '';
4476 print $OUT $@ and return;
4477 }
4478} ## end sub cmd_b_sub
4479
4480=head3 C<cmd_B> - delete breakpoint(s) (command)
4481
4482The command mostly parses the command line and tries to turn the argument
4483into a line spec. If it can't, it uses the current line. It then calls
4484C<delete_breakpoint> to actually do the work.
4485
4486If C<*> is specified, C<cmd_B> calls C<delete_breakpoint> with no arguments,
4487thereby deleting all the breakpoints.
4488
4489=cut
4490
4491sub cmd_B {
4492 my $cmd = shift;
4493
4494 # No line spec? Use dbline.
4495 # If there is one, use it if it's non-zero, or wipe it out if it is.
4496 my $line = ( $_[0] =~ /^\./ ) ? $dbline : shift || '';
4497 my $dbline = shift;
4498
4499 # If the line was dot, make the line the current one.
4500 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
4501
4502 # If it's * we're deleting all the breakpoints.
4503 if ( $line eq '*' ) {
4504 eval { &delete_breakpoint(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
4505 }
4506
4507 # If there is a line spec, delete the breakpoint on that line.
4508 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
4509 eval { &delete_breakpoint( $line || $dbline ); 1 } or do {
4510 local $\ = '';
4511 print $OUT $@ and return;
4512 };
4513 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)/)
4514
4515 # No line spec.
4516 else {
4517 print $OUT
4518 "Deleting a breakpoint requires a line number, or '*' for all\n"
4519 ; # hint
4520 }
4521} ## end sub cmd_B
4522
4523=head3 delete_breakpoint([line]) (API)
4524
4525This actually does the work of deleting either a single breakpoint, or all
4526of them.
4527
4528For a single line, we look for it in C<@dbline>. If it's nonbreakable, we
4529just drop out with a message saying so. If it is, we remove the condition
4530part of the 'condition\0action' that says there's a breakpoint here. If,
4531after we've done that, there's nothing left, we delete the corresponding
4532line in C<%dbline> to signal that no action needs to be taken for this line.
4533
4534For all breakpoints, we iterate through the keys of C<%had_breakpoints>,
4535which lists all currently-loaded files which have breakpoints. We then look
4536at each line in each of these files, temporarily switching the C<%dbline>
4537and C<@dbline> structures to point to the files in question, and do what
4538we did in the single line case: delete the condition in C<@dbline>, and
4539delete the key in C<%dbline> if nothing's left.
4540
4541We then wholesale delete C<%postponed>, C<%postponed_file>, and
4542C<%break_on_load>, because these structures contain breakpoints for files
4543and code that haven't been loaded yet. We can just kill these off because there
4544are no magical debugger structures associated with them.
4545
4546=cut
4547
4548sub delete_breakpoint {
4549 my $i = shift;
4550
4551 # If we got a line, delete just that one.
4552 if ( defined($i) ) {
4553
4554 # Woops. This line wasn't breakable at all.
4555 die "Line $i not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
4556
4557 # Kill the condition, but leave any action.
4558 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*//;
4559
4560 # Remove the entry entirely if there's no action left.
4561 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
4562 }
4563
4564 # No line; delete them all.
4565 else {
4566 print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n";
4567
4568 # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one
4569 # breakpoint in it.
4570 for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
4571
4572 # Switch to the desired file temporarily.
4573 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4574
4575 my $max = $#dbline;
4576 my $was;
4577
4578 # For all lines in this file ...
4579 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
4580
4581 # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ...
4582 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
4583
4584 # ... remove the breakpoint.
4585 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//;
4586 if ( $dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$// ) {
4587
4588 # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there.
4589 delete $dbline{$i};
4590 }
4591 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
4592 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
4593
4594 # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file"
4595 # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero,
4596 # we should remove this file from the hash.
4597 if ( not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1 ) {
4598 delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
4599 }
4600 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
4601
4602 # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that
4603 # haven't been loaded yet.
4604 undef %postponed;
4605 undef %postponed_file;
4606 undef %break_on_load;
4607 } ## end else [ if (defined($i))
4608} ## end sub delete_breakpoint
4609
4610=head3 cmd_stop (command)
4611
4612This is meant to be part of the new command API, but it isn't called or used
4613anywhere else in the debugger. XXX It is probably meant for use in development
4614of new commands.
4615
4616=cut
4617
4618sub cmd_stop { # As on ^C, but not signal-safy.
4619 $signal = 1;
4620}
4621
4622=head3 C<cmd_e> - threads
4623
4624Display the current thread id:
4625
4626 e
4627
4628This could be how (when implemented) to send commands to this thread id (e cmd)
4629or that thread id (e tid cmd).
4630
4631=cut
4632
4633sub cmd_e {
4634 my $cmd = shift;
4635 my $line = shift;
4636 unless (exists($INC{'threads.pm'})) {
4637 print "threads not loaded($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED})
4638 please run the debugger with PERL5DB_THREADED=1 set in the environment\n";
4639 } else {
4640 my $tid = threads->self->tid;
4641 print "thread id: $tid\n";
4642 }
4643} ## end sub cmd_e
4644
4645=head3 C<cmd_E> - list of thread ids
4646
4647Display the list of available thread ids:
4648
4649 E
4650
4651This could be used (when implemented) to send commands to all threads (E cmd).
4652
4653=cut
4654
4655sub cmd_E {
4656 my $cmd = shift;
4657 my $line = shift;
4658 unless (exists($INC{'threads.pm'})) {
4659 print "threads not loaded($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED})
4660 please run the debugger with PERL5DB_THREADED=1 set in the environment\n";
4661 } else {
4662 my $tid = threads->self->tid;
4663 print "thread ids: ".join(', ',
4664 map { ($tid == $_->tid ? '<'.$_->tid.'>' : $_->tid) } threads->list
4665 )."\n";
4666 }
4667} ## end sub cmd_E
4668
4669=head3 C<cmd_h> - help command (command)
4670
4671Does the work of either
4672
4673=over 4
4674
4675=item *
4676
4677Showing all the debugger help
4678
4679=item *
4680
4681Showing help for a specific command
4682
4683=back
4684
4685=cut
4686
4687sub cmd_h {
4688 my $cmd = shift;
4689
4690 # If we have no operand, assume null.
4691 my $line = shift || '';
4692
4693 # 'h h'. Print the long-format help.
4694 if ( $line =~ /^h\s*/ ) {
4695 print_help($help);
4696 }
4697
4698 # 'h <something>'. Search for the command and print only its help.
4699 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)$/ ) {
4700
4701 # support long commands; otherwise bogus errors
4702 # happen when you ask for h on <CR> for example
4703 my $asked = $1; # the command requested
4704 # (for proper error message)
4705
4706 my $qasked = quotemeta($asked); # for searching; we don't
4707 # want to use it as a pattern.
4708 # XXX: finds CR but not <CR>
4709
4710 # Search the help string for the command.
4711 if (
4712 $help =~ /^ # Start of a line
4713 <? # Optional '<'
4714 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
4715 $qasked # The requested command
4716 /mx
4717 )
4718 {
4719
4720 # It's there; pull it out and print it.
4721 while (
4722 $help =~ /^
4723 (<? # Optional '<'
4724 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
4725 $qasked # The command
4726 ([\s\S]*?) # Description line(s)
4727 \n) # End of last description line
4728 (?!\s) # Next line not starting with
4729 # whitespace
4730 /mgx
4731 )
4732 {
4733 print_help($1);
4734 }
4735 }
4736
4737 # Not found; not a debugger command.
4738 else {
4739 print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n");
4740 }
4741 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)$/)
4742
4743 # 'h' - print the summary help.
4744 else {
4745 print_help($summary);
4746 }
4747} ## end sub cmd_h
4748
4749=head3 C<cmd_i> - inheritance display
4750
4751Display the (nested) parentage of the module or object given.
4752
4753=cut
4754
4755sub cmd_i {
4756 my $cmd = shift;
4757 my $line = shift;
4758 eval { require Class::ISA };
4759 if ($@) {
4760 &warn( $@ =~ /locate/
4761 ? "Class::ISA module not found - please install\n"
4762 : $@ );
4763 }
4764 else {
4765 ISA:
4766 foreach my $isa ( split( /\s+/, $line ) ) {
4767 $evalarg = $isa;
4768 ($isa) = &eval;
4769 no strict 'refs';
4770 print join(
4771 ', ',
4772 map { # snaffled unceremoniously from Class::ISA
4773 "$_"
4774 . (
4775 defined( ${"$_\::VERSION"} )
4776 ? ' ' . ${"$_\::VERSION"}
4777 : undef )
4778 } Class::ISA::self_and_super_path(ref($isa) || $isa)
4779 );
4780 print "\n";
4781 }
4782 }
4783} ## end sub cmd_i
4784
4785=head3 C<cmd_l> - list lines (command)
4786
4787Most of the command is taken up with transforming all the different line
4788specification syntaxes into 'start-stop'. After that is done, the command
4789runs a loop over C<@dbline> for the specified range of lines. It handles
4790the printing of each line and any markers (C<==E<gt>> for current line,
4791C<b> for break on this line, C<a> for action on this line, C<:> for this
4792line breakable).
4793
4794We save the last line listed in the C<$start> global for further listing
4795later.
4796
4797=cut
4798
4799sub cmd_l {
4800 my $current_line = $line;
4801 my $cmd = shift;
4802 my $line = shift;
4803
4804 # If this is '-something', delete any spaces after the dash.
4805 $line =~ s/^-\s*$/-/;
4806
4807 # If the line is '$something', assume this is a scalar containing a
4808 # line number.
4809 if ( $line =~ /^(\$.*)/s ) {
4810
4811 # Set up for DB::eval() - evaluate in *user* context.
4812 $evalarg = $1;
4813 # $evalarg = $2;
4814 my ($s) = &eval;
4815
4816 # Ooops. Bad scalar.
4817 print( $OUT "Error: $@\n" ), next CMD if $@;
4818
4819 # Good scalar. If it's a reference, find what it points to.
4820 $s = CvGV_name($s);
4821 print( $OUT "Interpreted as: $1 $s\n" );
4822 $line = "$1 $s";
4823
4824 # Call self recursively to really do the command.
4825 &cmd_l( 'l', $s );
4826 } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\$.*)/s)
4827
4828 # l name. Try to find a sub by that name.
4829 elsif ( $line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s ) {
4830 my $s = $subname = $1;
4831
4832 # De-Perl4.
4833 $subname =~ s/\'/::/;
4834
4835 # Put it in this package unless it starts with ::.
4836 $subname = $package . "::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/;
4837
4838 # Put it in CORE::GLOBAL if t doesn't start with :: and
4839 # it doesn't live in this package and it lives in CORE::GLOBAL.
4840 $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s"
4841 if not defined &$subname
4842 and $s !~ /::/
4843 and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"};
4844
4845 # Put leading '::' names into 'main::'.
4846 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
4847
4848 # Get name:start-stop from find_sub, and break this up at
4849 # colons.
4850 @pieces = split( /:/, find_sub($subname) || $sub{$subname} );
4851
4852 # Pull off start-stop.
4853 $subrange = pop @pieces;
4854
4855 # If the name contained colons, the split broke it up.
4856 # Put it back together.
4857 $file = join( ':', @pieces );
4858
4859 # If we're not in that file, switch over to it.
4860 if ( $file ne $filename ) {
4861 print $OUT "Switching to file '$file'.\n"
4862 unless $slave_editor;
4863
4864 # Switch debugger's magic structures.
4865 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4866 $max = $#dbline;
4867 $filename = $file;
4868 } ## end if ($file ne $filename)
4869
4870 # Subrange is 'start-stop'. If this is less than a window full,
4871 # swap it to 'start+', which will list a window from the start point.
4872 if ($subrange) {
4873 if ( eval($subrange) < -$window ) {
4874 $subrange =~ s/-.*/+/;
4875 }
4876
4877 # Call self recursively to list the range.
4878 $line = $subrange;
4879 &cmd_l( 'l', $subrange );
4880 } ## end if ($subrange)
4881
4882 # Couldn't find it.
4883 else {
4884 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
4885 }
4886 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s)
4887
4888 # Bare 'l' command.
4889 elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
4890
4891 # Compute new range to list.
4892 $incr = $window - 1;
4893 $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr );
4894
4895 # Recurse to do it.
4896 &cmd_l( 'l', $line );
4897 }
4898
4899 # l [start]+number_of_lines
4900 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/ ) {
4901
4902 # Don't reset start for 'l +nnn'.
4903 $start = $1 if $1;
4904
4905 # Increment for list. Use window size if not specified.
4906 # (Allows 'l +' to work.)
4907 $incr = $2;
4908 $incr = $window - 1 unless $incr;
4909
4910 # Create a line range we'll understand, and recurse to do it.
4911 $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr );
4912 &cmd_l( 'l', $line );
4913 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/)
4914
4915 # l start-stop or l start,stop
4916 elsif ( $line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/ ) {
4917
4918 # Determine end point; use end of file if not specified.
4919 $end = ( !defined $2 ) ? $max : ( $4 ? $4 : $2 );
4920
4921 # Go on to the end, and then stop.
4922 $end = $max if $end > $max;
4923
4924 # Determine start line.
4925 $i = $2;
4926 $i = $line if $i eq '.';
4927 $i = 1 if $i < 1;
4928 $incr = $end - $i;
4929
4930 # If we're running under a slave editor, force it to show the lines.
4931 if ($slave_editor) {
4932 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$i:0\n";
4933 $i = $end;
4934 }
4935
4936 # We're doing it ourselves. We want to show the line and special
4937 # markers for:
4938 # - the current line in execution
4939 # - whether a line is breakable or not
4940 # - whether a line has a break or not
4941 # - whether a line has an action or not
4942 else {
4943 for ( ; $i <= $end ; $i++ ) {
4944
4945 # Check for breakpoints and actions.
4946 my ( $stop, $action );
4947 ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$i} )
4948 if $dbline{$i};
4949
4950 # ==> if this is the current line in execution,
4951 # : if it's breakable.
4952 $arrow =
4953 ( $i == $current_line and $filename eq $filename_ini )
4954 ? '==>'
4955 : ( $dbline[$i] + 0 ? ':' : ' ' );
4956
4957 # Add break and action indicators.
4958 $arrow .= 'b' if $stop;
4959 $arrow .= 'a' if $action;
4960
4961 # Print the line.
4962 print $OUT "$i$arrow\t", $dbline[$i];
4963
4964 # Move on to the next line. Drop out on an interrupt.
4965 $i++, last if $signal;
4966 } ## end for (; $i <= $end ; $i++)
4967
4968 # Line the prompt up; print a newline if the last line listed
4969 # didn't have a newline.
4970 print $OUT "\n" unless $dbline[ $i - 1 ] =~ /\n$/;
4971 } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor)
4972
4973 # Save the point we last listed to in case another relative 'l'
4974 # command is desired. Don't let it run off the end.
4975 $start = $i;
4976 $start = $max if $start > $max;
4977 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/)
4978} ## end sub cmd_l
4979
4980=head3 C<cmd_L> - list breakpoints, actions, and watch expressions (command)
4981
4982To list breakpoints, the command has to look determine where all of them are
4983first. It starts a C<%had_breakpoints>, which tells us what all files have
4984breakpoints and/or actions. For each file, we switch the C<*dbline> glob (the
4985magic source and breakpoint data structures) to the file, and then look
4986through C<%dbline> for lines with breakpoints and/or actions, listing them
4987out. We look through C<%postponed> not-yet-compiled subroutines that have
4988breakpoints, and through C<%postponed_file> for not-yet-C<require>'d files
4989that have breakpoints.
4990
4991Watchpoints are simpler: we just list the entries in C<@to_watch>.
4992
4993=cut
4994
4995sub cmd_L {
4996 my $cmd = shift;
4997
4998 # If no argument, list everything. Pre-5.8.0 version always lists
4999 # everything
5000 my $arg = shift || 'abw';
5001 $arg = 'abw' unless $CommandSet eq '580'; # sigh...
5002
5003 # See what is wanted.
5004 my $action_wanted = ( $arg =~ /a/ ) ? 1 : 0;
5005 my $break_wanted = ( $arg =~ /b/ ) ? 1 : 0;
5006 my $watch_wanted = ( $arg =~ /w/ ) ? 1 : 0;
5007
5008 # Breaks and actions are found together, so we look in the same place
5009 # for both.
5010 if ( $break_wanted or $action_wanted ) {
5011
5012 # Look in all the files with breakpoints...
5013 for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
5014
5015 # Temporary switch to this file.
5016 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
5017
5018 # Set up to look through the whole file.
5019 my $max = $#dbline;
5020 my $was; # Flag: did we print something
5021 # in this file?
5022
5023 # For each line in the file ...
5024 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
5025
5026 # We've got something on this line.
5027 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
5028
5029 # Print the header if we haven't.
5030 print $OUT "$file:\n" unless $was++;
5031
5032 # Print the line.
5033 print $OUT " $i:\t", $dbline[$i];
5034
5035 # Pull out the condition and the action.
5036 ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$i} );
5037
5038 # Print the break if there is one and it's wanted.
5039 print $OUT " break if (", $stop, ")\n"
5040 if $stop
5041 and $break_wanted;
5042
5043 # Print the action if there is one and it's wanted.
5044 print $OUT " action: ", $action, "\n"
5045 if $action
5046 and $action_wanted;
5047
5048 # Quit if the user hit interrupt.
5049 last if $signal;
5050 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
5051 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
5052 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
5053 } ## end if ($break_wanted or $action_wanted)
5054
5055 # Look for breaks in not-yet-compiled subs:
5056 if ( %postponed and $break_wanted ) {
5057 print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in subroutines:\n";
5058 my $subname;
5059 for $subname ( keys %postponed ) {
5060 print $OUT " $subname\t$postponed{$subname}\n";
5061 last if $signal;
5062 }
5063 } ## end if (%postponed and $break_wanted)
5064
5065 # Find files that have not-yet-loaded breaks:
5066 my @have = map { # Combined keys
5067 keys %{ $postponed_file{$_} }
5068 } keys %postponed_file;
5069
5070 # If there are any, list them.
5071 if ( @have and ( $break_wanted or $action_wanted ) ) {
5072 print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in files:\n";
5073 my ( $file, $line );
5074
5075 for $file ( keys %postponed_file ) {
5076 my $db = $postponed_file{$file};
5077 print $OUT " $file:\n";
5078 for $line ( sort { $a <=> $b } keys %$db ) {
5079 print $OUT " $line:\n";
5080 my ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $$db{$line} );
5081 print $OUT " break if (", $stop, ")\n"
5082 if $stop
5083 and $break_wanted;
5084 print $OUT " action: ", $action, "\n"
5085 if $action
5086 and $action_wanted;
5087 last if $signal;
5088 } ## end for $line (sort { $a <=>...
5089 last if $signal;
5090 } ## end for $file (keys %postponed_file)
5091 } ## end if (@have and ($break_wanted...
5092 if ( %break_on_load and $break_wanted ) {
5093 print $OUT "Breakpoints on load:\n";
5094 my $file;
5095 for $file ( keys %break_on_load ) {
5096 print $OUT " $file\n";
5097 last if $signal;
5098 }
5099 } ## end if (%break_on_load and...
5100 if ($watch_wanted) {
5101 if ( $trace & 2 ) {
5102 print $OUT "Watch-expressions:\n" if @to_watch;
5103 for my $expr (@to_watch) {
5104 print $OUT " $expr\n";
5105 last if $signal;
5106 }
5107 } ## end if ($trace & 2)
5108 } ## end if ($watch_wanted)
5109} ## end sub cmd_L
5110
5111=head3 C<cmd_M> - list modules (command)
5112
5113Just call C<list_modules>.
5114
5115=cut
5116
5117sub cmd_M {
5118 &list_modules();
5119}
5120
5121=head3 C<cmd_o> - options (command)
5122
5123If this is just C<o> by itself, we list the current settings via
5124C<dump_option>. If there's a nonblank value following it, we pass that on to
5125C<parse_options> for processing.
5126
5127=cut
5128
5129sub cmd_o {
5130 my $cmd = shift;
5131 my $opt = shift || ''; # opt[=val]
5132
5133 # Nonblank. Try to parse and process.
5134 if ( $opt =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
5135 &parse_options($1);
5136 }
5137
5138 # Blank. List the current option settings.
5139 else {
5140 for (@options) {
5141 &dump_option($_);
5142 }
5143 }
5144} ## end sub cmd_o
5145
5146=head3 C<cmd_O> - nonexistent in 5.8.x (command)
5147
5148Advises the user that the O command has been renamed.
5149
5150=cut
5151
5152sub cmd_O {
5153 print $OUT "The old O command is now the o command.\n"; # hint
5154 print $OUT "Use 'h' to get current command help synopsis or\n"; #
5155 print $OUT "use 'o CommandSet=pre580' to revert to old usage\n"; #
5156}
5157
5158=head3 C<cmd_v> - view window (command)
5159
5160Uses the C<$preview> variable set in the second C<BEGIN> block (q.v.) to
5161move back a few lines to list the selected line in context. Uses C<cmd_l>
5162to do the actual listing after figuring out the range of line to request.
5163
5164=cut
5165
5166sub cmd_v {
5167 my $cmd = shift;
5168 my $line = shift;
5169
5170 # Extract the line to list around. (Astute readers will have noted that
5171 # this pattern will match whether or not a numeric line is specified,
5172 # which means that we'll always enter this loop (though a non-numeric
5173 # argument results in no action at all)).
5174 if ( $line =~ /^(\d*)$/ ) {
5175
5176 # Total number of lines to list (a windowful).
5177 $incr = $window - 1;
5178
5179 # Set the start to the argument given (if there was one).
5180 $start = $1 if $1;
5181
5182 # Back up by the context amount.
5183 $start -= $preview;
5184
5185 # Put together a linespec that cmd_l will like.
5186 $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr );
5187
5188 # List the lines.
5189 &cmd_l( 'l', $line );
5190 } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\d*)$/)
5191} ## end sub cmd_v
5192
5193=head3 C<cmd_w> - add a watch expression (command)
5194
5195The 5.8 version of this command adds a watch expression if one is specified;
5196it does nothing if entered with no operands.
5197
5198We extract the expression, save it, evaluate it in the user's context, and
5199save the value. We'll re-evaluate it each time the debugger passes a line,
5200and will stop (see the code at the top of the command loop) if the value
5201of any of the expressions changes.
5202
5203=cut
5204
5205sub cmd_w {
5206 my $cmd = shift;
5207
5208 # Null expression if no arguments.
5209 my $expr = shift || '';
5210
5211 # If expression is not null ...
5212 if ( $expr =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
5213
5214 # ... save it.
5215 push @to_watch, $expr;
5216
5217 # Parameterize DB::eval and call it to get the expression's value
5218 # in the user's context. This version can handle expressions which
5219 # return a list value.
5220 $evalarg = $expr;
5221 my ($val) = join( ' ', &eval );
5222 $val = ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef';
5223
5224 # Save the current value of the expression.
5225 push @old_watch, $val;
5226
5227 # We are now watching expressions.
5228 $trace |= 2;
5229 } ## end if ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/)
5230
5231 # You have to give one to get one.
5232 else {
5233 print $OUT "Adding a watch-expression requires an expression\n"; # hint
5234 }
5235} ## end sub cmd_w
5236
5237=head3 C<cmd_W> - delete watch expressions (command)
5238
5239This command accepts either a watch expression to be removed from the list
5240of watch expressions, or C<*> to delete them all.
5241
5242If C<*> is specified, we simply empty the watch expression list and the
5243watch expression value list. We also turn off the bit that says we've got
5244watch expressions.
5245
5246If an expression (or partial expression) is specified, we pattern-match
5247through the expressions and remove the ones that match. We also discard
5248the corresponding values. If no watch expressions are left, we turn off
5249the I<watching expressions> bit.
5250
5251=cut
5252
5253sub cmd_W {
5254 my $cmd = shift;
5255 my $expr = shift || '';
5256
5257 # Delete them all.
5258 if ( $expr eq '*' ) {
5259
5260 # Not watching now.
5261 $trace &= ~2;
5262
5263 print $OUT "Deleting all watch expressions ...\n";
5264
5265 # And all gone.
5266 @to_watch = @old_watch = ();
5267 }
5268
5269 # Delete one of them.
5270 elsif ( $expr =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
5271
5272 # Where we are in the list.
5273 my $i_cnt = 0;
5274
5275 # For each expression ...
5276 foreach (@to_watch) {
5277 my $val = $to_watch[$i_cnt];
5278
5279 # Does this one match the command argument?
5280 if ( $val eq $expr ) { # =~ m/^\Q$i$/) {
5281 # Yes. Turn it off, and its value too.
5282 splice( @to_watch, $i_cnt, 1 );
5283 splice( @old_watch, $i_cnt, 1 );
5284 }
5285 $i_cnt++;
5286 } ## end foreach (@to_watch)
5287
5288 # We don't bother to turn watching off because
5289 # a) we don't want to stop calling watchfunction() it it exists
5290 # b) foreach over a null list doesn't do anything anyway
5291
5292 } ## end elsif ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/)
5293
5294 # No command arguments entered.
5295 else {
5296 print $OUT
5297 "Deleting a watch-expression requires an expression, or '*' for all\n"
5298 ; # hint
5299 }
5300} ## end sub cmd_W
5301
5302### END of the API section
5303
5304=head1 SUPPORT ROUTINES
5305
5306These are general support routines that are used in a number of places
5307throughout the debugger.
5308
5309=over 4
5310
5311=item cmd_P
5312
5313Something to do with assertions
5314
5315=back
5316
5317=cut
5318
5319sub cmd_P {
5320 unless ($ini_assertion) {
5321 print $OUT "Assertions not supported in this Perl interpreter\n";
5322 } else {
5323 if ( $cmd =~ /^.\b\s*([+-]?)\s*(~?)\s*(\w+(\s*\|\s*\w+)*)\s*$/ ) {
5324 my ( $how, $neg, $flags ) = ( $1, $2, $3 );
5325 my $acu = parse_DollarCaretP_flags($flags);
5326 if ( defined $acu ) {
5327 $acu = ~$acu if $neg;
5328 if ( $how eq '+' ) { $^P |= $acu }
5329 elsif ( $how eq '-' ) { $^P &= ~$acu }
5330 else { $^P = $acu }
5331 }
5332
5333 # else { print $OUT "undefined acu\n" }
5334 }
5335 my $expanded = expand_DollarCaretP_flags($^P);
5336 print $OUT "Internal Perl debugger flags:\n\$^P=$expanded\n";
5337 $expanded;
5338 }
5339}
5340
5341=head2 save
5342
5343save() saves the user's versions of globals that would mess us up in C<@saved>,
5344and installs the versions we like better.
5345
5346=cut
5347
5348sub save {
5349
5350 # Save eval failure, command failure, extended OS error, output field
5351 # separator, input record separator, output record separator and
5352 # the warning setting.
5353 @saved = ( $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W );
5354
5355 $, = ""; # output field separator is null string
5356 $/ = "\n"; # input record separator is newline
5357 $\ = ""; # output record separator is null string
5358 $^W = 0; # warnings are off
5359} ## end sub save
5360
5361=head2 C<print_lineinfo> - show where we are now
5362
5363print_lineinfo prints whatever it is that it is handed; it prints it to the
5364C<$LINEINFO> filehandle instead of just printing it to STDOUT. This allows
5365us to feed line information to a slave editor without messing up the
5366debugger output.
5367
5368=cut
5369
5370sub print_lineinfo {
5371
5372 # Make the terminal sensible if we're not the primary debugger.
5373 resetterm(1) if $LINEINFO eq $OUT and $term_pid != $$;
5374 local $\ = '';
5375 local $, = '';
5376 print $LINEINFO @_;
5377} ## end sub print_lineinfo
5378
5379=head2 C<postponed_sub>
5380
5381Handles setting postponed breakpoints in subroutines once they're compiled.
5382For breakpoints, we use C<DB::find_sub> to locate the source file and line
5383range for the subroutine, then mark the file as having a breakpoint,
5384temporarily switch the C<*dbline> glob over to the source file, and then
5385search the given range of lines to find a breakable line. If we find one,
5386we set the breakpoint on it, deleting the breakpoint from C<%postponed>.
5387
5388=cut
5389
5390# The following takes its argument via $evalarg to preserve current @_
5391
5392sub postponed_sub {
5393
5394 # Get the subroutine name.
5395 my $subname = shift;
5396
5397 # If this is a 'break +<n> if <condition>' ...
5398 if ( $postponed{$subname} =~ s/^break\s([+-]?\d+)\s+if\s// ) {
5399
5400 # If there's no offset, use '+0'.
5401 my $offset = $1 || 0;
5402
5403 # find_sub's value is 'fullpath-filename:start-stop'. It's
5404 # possible that the filename might have colons in it too.
5405 my ( $file, $i ) = ( find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-.*$/ );
5406 if ($i) {
5407
5408 # We got the start line. Add the offset '+<n>' from
5409 # $postponed{subname}.
5410 $i += $offset;
5411
5412 # Switch to the file this sub is in, temporarily.
5413 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
5414
5415 # No warnings, please.
5416 local $^W = 0; # != 0 is magical below
5417
5418 # This file's got a breakpoint in it.
5419 $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1;
5420
5421 # Last line in file.
5422 my $max = $#dbline;
5423
5424 # Search forward until we hit a breakable line or get to
5425 # the end of the file.
5426 ++$i until $dbline[$i] != 0 or $i >= $max;
5427
5428 # Copy the breakpoint in and delete it from %postponed.
5429 $dbline{$i} = delete $postponed{$subname};
5430 } ## end if ($i)
5431
5432 # find_sub didn't find the sub.
5433 else {
5434 local $\ = '';
5435 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
5436 }
5437 return;
5438 } ## end if ($postponed{$subname...
5439 elsif ( $postponed{$subname} eq 'compile' ) { $signal = 1 }
5440
5441 #print $OUT "In postponed_sub for `$subname'.\n";
5442} ## end sub postponed_sub
5443
5444=head2 C<postponed>
5445
5446Called after each required file is compiled, but before it is executed;
5447also called if the name of a just-compiled subroutine is a key of
5448C<%postponed>. Propagates saved breakpoints (from C<b compile>, C<b load>,
5449etc.) into the just-compiled code.
5450
5451If this is a C<require>'d file, the incoming parameter is the glob
5452C<*{"_<$filename"}>, with C<$filename> the name of the C<require>'d file.
5453
5454If it's a subroutine, the incoming parameter is the subroutine name.
5455
5456=cut
5457
5458sub postponed {
5459
5460 # If there's a break, process it.
5461 if ($ImmediateStop) {
5462
5463 # Right, we've stopped. Turn it off.
5464 $ImmediateStop = 0;
5465
5466 # Enter the command loop when DB::DB gets called.
5467 $signal = 1;
5468 }
5469
5470 # If this is a subroutine, let postponed_sub() deal with it.
5471 return &postponed_sub unless ref \$_[0] eq 'GLOB';
5472
5473 # Not a subroutine. Deal with the file.
5474 local *dbline = shift;
5475 my $filename = $dbline;
5476 $filename =~ s/^_<//;
5477 local $\ = '';
5478 $signal = 1, print $OUT "'$filename' loaded...\n"
5479 if $break_on_load{$filename};
5480 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "Package $filename.\n" ) if $frame;
5481
5482 # Do we have any breakpoints to put in this file?
5483 return unless $postponed_file{$filename};
5484
5485 # Yes. Mark this file as having breakpoints.
5486 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
5487
5488 # "Cannot be done: unsufficient magic" - we can't just put the
5489 # breakpoints saved in %postponed_file into %dbline by assigning
5490 # the whole hash; we have to do it one item at a time for the
5491 # breakpoints to be set properly.
5492 #%dbline = %{$postponed_file{$filename}};
5493
5494 # Set the breakpoints, one at a time.
5495 my $key;
5496
5497 for $key ( keys %{ $postponed_file{$filename} } ) {
5498
5499 # Stash the saved breakpoint into the current file's magic line array.
5500 $dbline{$key} = ${ $postponed_file{$filename} }{$key};
5501 }
5502
5503 # This file's been compiled; discard the stored breakpoints.
5504 delete $postponed_file{$filename};
5505
5506} ## end sub postponed
5507
5508=head2 C<dumpit>
5509
5510C<dumpit> is the debugger's wrapper around dumpvar.pl.
5511
5512It gets a filehandle (to which C<dumpvar.pl>'s output will be directed) and
5513a reference to a variable (the thing to be dumped) as its input.
5514
5515The incoming filehandle is selected for output (C<dumpvar.pl> is printing to
5516the currently-selected filehandle, thank you very much). The current
5517values of the package globals C<$single> and C<$trace> are backed up in
5518lexicals, and they are turned off (this keeps the debugger from trying
5519to single-step through C<dumpvar.pl> (I think.)). C<$frame> is localized to
5520preserve its current value and it is set to zero to prevent entry/exit
5521messages from printing, and C<$doret> is localized as well and set to -2 to
5522prevent return values from being shown.
5523
5524C<dumpit()> then checks to see if it needs to load C<dumpvar.pl> and
5525tries to load it (note: if you have a C<dumpvar.pl> ahead of the
5526installed version in C<@INC>, yours will be used instead. Possible security
5527problem?).
5528
5529It then checks to see if the subroutine C<main::dumpValue> is now defined
5530(it should have been defined by C<dumpvar.pl>). If it has, C<dumpit()>
5531localizes the globals necessary for things to be sane when C<main::dumpValue()>
5532is called, and picks up the variable to be dumped from the parameter list.
5533
5534It checks the package global C<%options> to see if there's a C<dumpDepth>
5535specified. If not, -1 is assumed; if so, the supplied value gets passed on to
5536C<dumpvar.pl>. This tells C<dumpvar.pl> where to leave off when dumping a
5537structure: -1 means dump everything.
5538
5539C<dumpValue()> is then called if possible; if not, C<dumpit()>just prints a
5540warning.
5541
5542In either case, C<$single>, C<$trace>, C<$frame>, and C<$doret> are restored
5543and we then return to the caller.
5544
5545=cut
5546
5547sub dumpit {
5548
5549 # Save the current output filehandle and switch to the one
5550 # passed in as the first parameter.
5551 local ($savout) = select(shift);
5552
5553 # Save current settings of $single and $trace, and then turn them off.
5554 my $osingle = $single;
5555 my $otrace = $trace;
5556 $single = $trace = 0;
5557
5558 # XXX Okay, what do $frame and $doret do, again?
5559 local $frame = 0;
5560 local $doret = -2;
5561
5562 # Load dumpvar.pl unless we've already got the sub we need from it.
5563 unless ( defined &main::dumpValue ) {
5564 do 'dumpvar.pl';
5565 }
5566
5567 # If the load succeeded (or we already had dumpvalue()), go ahead
5568 # and dump things.
5569 if ( defined &main::dumpValue ) {
5570 local $\ = '';
5571 local $, = '';
5572 local $" = ' ';
5573 my $v = shift;
5574 my $maxdepth = shift || $option{dumpDepth};
5575 $maxdepth = -1 unless defined $maxdepth; # -1 means infinite depth
5576 &main::dumpValue( $v, $maxdepth );
5577 } ## end if (defined &main::dumpValue)
5578
5579 # Oops, couldn't load dumpvar.pl.
5580 else {
5581 local $\ = '';
5582 print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n";
5583 }
5584
5585 # Reset $single and $trace to their old values.
5586 $single = $osingle;
5587 $trace = $otrace;
5588
5589 # Restore the old filehandle.
5590 select($savout);
5591} ## end sub dumpit
5592
5593=head2 C<print_trace>
5594
5595C<print_trace>'s job is to print a stack trace. It does this via the
5596C<dump_trace> routine, which actually does all the ferreting-out of the
5597stack trace data. C<print_trace> takes care of formatting it nicely and
5598printing it to the proper filehandle.
5599
5600Parameters:
5601
5602=over 4
5603
5604=item *
5605
5606The filehandle to print to.
5607
5608=item *
5609
5610How many frames to skip before starting trace.
5611
5612=item *
5613
5614How many frames to print.
5615
5616=item *
5617
5618A flag: if true, print a I<short> trace without filenames, line numbers, or arguments
5619
5620=back
5621
5622The original comment below seems to be noting that the traceback may not be
5623correct if this routine is called in a tied method.
5624
5625=cut
5626
5627# Tied method do not create a context, so may get wrong message:
5628
5629sub print_trace {
5630 local $\ = '';
5631 my $fh = shift;
5632
5633 # If this is going to a slave editor, but we're not the primary
5634 # debugger, reset it first.
5635 resetterm(1)
5636 if $fh eq $LINEINFO # slave editor
5637 and $LINEINFO eq $OUT # normal output
5638 and $term_pid != $$; # not the primary
5639
5640 # Collect the actual trace information to be formatted.
5641 # This is an array of hashes of subroutine call info.
5642 my @sub = dump_trace( $_[0] + 1, $_[1] );
5643
5644 # Grab the "short report" flag from @_.
5645 my $short = $_[2]; # Print short report, next one for sub name
5646
5647 # Run through the traceback info, format it, and print it.
5648 my $s;
5649 for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub ; $i++ ) {
5650
5651 # Drop out if the user has lost interest and hit control-C.
5652 last if $signal;
5653
5654 # Set the separator so arrys print nice.
5655 local $" = ', ';
5656
5657 # Grab and stringify the arguments if they are there.
5658 my $args =
5659 defined $sub[$i]{args}
5660 ? "(@{ $sub[$i]{args} })"
5661 : '';
5662
5663 # Shorten them up if $maxtrace says they're too long.
5664 $args = ( substr $args, 0, $maxtrace - 3 ) . '...'
5665 if length $args > $maxtrace;
5666
5667 # Get the file name.
5668 my $file = $sub[$i]{file};
5669
5670 # Put in a filename header if short is off.
5671 $file = $file eq '-e' ? $file : "file `$file'" unless $short;
5672
5673 # Get the actual sub's name, and shorten to $maxtrace's requirement.
5674 $s = $sub[$i]{sub};
5675 $s = ( substr $s, 0, $maxtrace - 3 ) . '...' if length $s > $maxtrace;
5676
5677 # Short report uses trimmed file and sub names.
5678 if ($short) {
5679 my $sub = @_ >= 4 ? $_[3] : $s;
5680 print $fh "$sub[$i]{context}=$sub$args from $file:$sub[$i]{line}\n";
5681 } ## end if ($short)
5682
5683 # Non-short report includes full names.
5684 else {
5685 print $fh "$sub[$i]{context} = $s$args"
5686 . " called from $file"
5687 . " line $sub[$i]{line}\n";
5688 }
5689 } ## end for ($i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub...
5690} ## end sub print_trace
5691
5692=head2 dump_trace(skip[,count])
5693
5694Actually collect the traceback information available via C<caller()>. It does
5695some filtering and cleanup of the data, but mostly it just collects it to
5696make C<print_trace()>'s job easier.
5697
5698C<skip> defines the number of stack frames to be skipped, working backwards
5699from the most current. C<count> determines the total number of frames to
5700be returned; all of them (well, the first 10^9) are returned if C<count>
5701is omitted.
5702
5703This routine returns a list of hashes, from most-recent to least-recent
5704stack frame. Each has the following keys and values:
5705
5706=over 4
5707
5708=item * C<context> - C<.> (null), C<$> (scalar), or C<@> (array)
5709
5710=item * C<sub> - subroutine name, or C<eval> information
5711
5712=item * C<args> - undef, or a reference to an array of arguments
5713
5714=item * C<file> - the file in which this item was defined (if any)
5715
5716=item * C<line> - the line on which it was defined
5717
5718=back
5719
5720=cut
5721
5722sub dump_trace {
5723
5724 # How many levels to skip.
5725 my $skip = shift;
5726
5727 # How many levels to show. (1e9 is a cheap way of saying "all of them";
5728 # it's unlikely that we'll have more than a billion stack frames. If you
5729 # do, you've got an awfully big machine...)
5730 my $count = shift || 1e9;
5731
5732 # We increment skip because caller(1) is the first level *back* from
5733 # the current one. Add $skip to the count of frames so we have a
5734 # simple stop criterion, counting from $skip to $count+$skip.
5735 $skip++;
5736 $count += $skip;
5737
5738 # These variables are used to capture output from caller();
5739 my ( $p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context );
5740
5741 my ( $e, $r, @a, @sub, $args );
5742
5743 # XXX Okay... why'd we do that?
5744 my $nothard = not $frame & 8;
5745 local $frame = 0;
5746
5747 # Do not want to trace this.
5748 my $otrace = $trace;
5749 $trace = 0;
5750
5751 # Start out at the skip count.
5752 # If we haven't reached the number of frames requested, and caller() is
5753 # still returning something, stay in the loop. (If we pass the requested
5754 # number of stack frames, or we run out - caller() returns nothing - we
5755 # quit.
5756 # Up the stack frame index to go back one more level each time.
5757 for (
5758 $i = $skip ;
5759 $i < $count
5760 and ( $p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context, $e, $r ) = caller($i) ;
5761 $i++
5762 )
5763 {
5764
5765 # Go through the arguments and save them for later.
5766 @a = ();
5767 for $arg (@args) {
5768 my $type;
5769 if ( not defined $arg ) { # undefined parameter
5770 push @a, "undef";
5771 }
5772
5773 elsif ( $nothard and tied $arg ) { # tied parameter
5774 push @a, "tied";
5775 }
5776 elsif ( $nothard and $type = ref $arg ) { # reference
5777 push @a, "ref($type)";
5778 }
5779 else { # can be stringified
5780 local $_ =
5781 "$arg"; # Safe to stringify now - should not call f().
5782
5783 # Backslash any single-quotes or backslashes.
5784 s/([\'\\])/\\$1/g;
5785
5786 # Single-quote it unless it's a number or a colon-separated
5787 # name.
5788 s/(.*)/'$1'/s
5789 unless /^(?: -?[\d.]+ | \*[\w:]* )$/x;
5790
5791 # Turn high-bit characters into meta-whatever.
5792 s/([\200-\377])/sprintf("M-%c",ord($1)&0177)/eg;
5793
5794 # Turn control characters into ^-whatever.
5795 s/([\0-\37\177])/sprintf("^%c",ord($1)^64)/eg;
5796
5797 push( @a, $_ );
5798 } ## end else [ if (not defined $arg)
5799 } ## end for $arg (@args)
5800
5801 # If context is true, this is array (@)context.
5802 # If context is false, this is scalar ($) context.
5803 # If neither, context isn't defined. (This is apparently a 'can't
5804 # happen' trap.)
5805 $context = $context ? '@' : ( defined $context ? "\$" : '.' );
5806
5807 # if the sub has args ($h true), make an anonymous array of the
5808 # dumped args.
5809 $args = $h ? [@a] : undef;
5810
5811 # remove trailing newline-whitespace-semicolon-end of line sequence
5812 # from the eval text, if any.
5813 $e =~ s/\n\s*\;\s*\Z// if $e;
5814
5815 # Escape backslashed single-quotes again if necessary.
5816 $e =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g if $e;
5817
5818 # if the require flag is true, the eval text is from a require.
5819 if ($r) {
5820 $sub = "require '$e'";
5821 }
5822
5823 # if it's false, the eval text is really from an eval.
5824 elsif ( defined $r ) {
5825 $sub = "eval '$e'";
5826 }
5827
5828 # If the sub is '(eval)', this is a block eval, meaning we don't
5829 # know what the eval'ed text actually was.
5830 elsif ( $sub eq '(eval)' ) {
5831 $sub = "eval {...}";
5832 }
5833
5834 # Stick the collected information into @sub as an anonymous hash.
5835 push(
5836 @sub,
5837 {
5838 context => $context,
5839 sub => $sub,
5840 args => $args,
5841 file => $file,
5842 line => $line
5843 }
5844 );
5845
5846 # Stop processing frames if the user hit control-C.
5847 last if $signal;
5848 } ## end for ($i = $skip ; $i < ...
5849
5850 # Restore the trace value again.
5851 $trace = $otrace;
5852 @sub;
5853} ## end sub dump_trace
5854
5855=head2 C<action()>
5856
5857C<action()> takes input provided as the argument to an add-action command,
5858either pre- or post-, and makes sure it's a complete command. It doesn't do
5859any fancy parsing; it just keeps reading input until it gets a string
5860without a trailing backslash.
5861
5862=cut
5863
5864sub action {
5865 my $action = shift;
5866
5867 while ( $action =~ s/\\$// ) {
5868
5869 # We have a backslash on the end. Read more.
5870 $action .= &gets;
5871 } ## end while ($action =~ s/\\$//)
5872
5873 # Return the assembled action.
5874 $action;
5875} ## end sub action
5876
5877=head2 unbalanced
5878
5879This routine mostly just packages up a regular expression to be used
5880to check that the thing it's being matched against has properly-matched
5881curly braces.
5882
5883Of note is the definition of the C<$balanced_brace_re> global via C<||=>, which
5884speeds things up by only creating the qr//'ed expression once; if it's
5885already defined, we don't try to define it again. A speed hack.
5886
5887=cut
5888
5889sub unbalanced {
5890
5891 # I hate using globals!
5892 $balanced_brace_re ||= qr{
5893 ^ \{
5894 (?:
5895 (?> [^{}] + ) # Non-parens without backtracking
5896 |
5897 (??{ $balanced_brace_re }) # Group with matching parens
5898 ) *
5899 \} $
5900 }x;
5901 return $_[0] !~ m/$balanced_brace_re/;
5902} ## end sub unbalanced
5903
5904=head2 C<gets()>
5905
5906C<gets()> is a primitive (very primitive) routine to read continuations.
5907It was devised for reading continuations for actions.
5908it just reads more input with C<readline()> and returns it.
5909
5910=cut
5911
5912sub gets {
5913 &readline("cont: ");
5914}
5915
5916=head2 C<DB::system()> - handle calls to<system()> without messing up the debugger
5917
5918The C<system()> function assumes that it can just go ahead and use STDIN and
5919STDOUT, but under the debugger, we want it to use the debugger's input and
5920outout filehandles.
5921
5922C<DB::system()> socks away the program's STDIN and STDOUT, and then substitutes
5923the debugger's IN and OUT filehandles for them. It does the C<system()> call,
5924and then puts everything back again.
5925
5926=cut
5927
5928sub system {
5929
5930 # We save, change, then restore STDIN and STDOUT to avoid fork() since
5931 # some non-Unix systems can do system() but have problems with fork().
5932 open( SAVEIN, "<&STDIN" ) || &warn("Can't save STDIN");
5933 open( SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT" ) || &warn("Can't save STDOUT");
5934 open( STDIN, "<&IN" ) || &warn("Can't redirect STDIN");
5935 open( STDOUT, ">&OUT" ) || &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT");
5936
5937 # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals!
5938 system(@_);
5939 open( STDIN, "<&SAVEIN" ) || &warn("Can't restore STDIN");
5940 open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
5941 close(SAVEIN);
5942 close(SAVEOUT);
5943
5944 # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms
5945 if ( $? >> 8 ) {
5946 &warn( "(Command exited ", ( $? >> 8 ), ")\n" );
5947 }
5948 elsif ($?) {
5949 &warn(
5950 "(Command died of SIG#",
5951 ( $? & 127 ),
5952 ( ( $? & 128 ) ? " -- core dumped" : "" ),
5953 ")", "\n"
5954 );
5955 } ## end elsif ($?)
5956
5957 return $?;
5958
5959} ## end sub system
5960
5961=head1 TTY MANAGEMENT
5962
5963The subs here do some of the terminal management for multiple debuggers.
5964
5965=head2 setterm
5966
5967Top-level function called when we want to set up a new terminal for use
5968by the debugger.
5969
5970If the C<noTTY> debugger option was set, we'll either use the terminal
5971supplied (the value of the C<noTTY> option), or we'll use C<Term::Rendezvous>
5972to find one. If we're a forked debugger, we call C<resetterm> to try to
5973get a whole new terminal if we can.
5974
5975In either case, we set up the terminal next. If the C<ReadLine> option was
5976true, we'll get a C<Term::ReadLine> object for the current terminal and save
5977the appropriate attributes. We then
5978
5979=cut
5980
5981sub setterm {
5982
5983 # Load Term::Readline, but quietly; don't debug it and don't trace it.
5984 local $frame = 0;
5985 local $doret = -2;
5986 eval { require Term::ReadLine } or die $@;
5987
5988 # If noTTY is set, but we have a TTY name, go ahead and hook up to it.
5989 if ($notty) {
5990 if ($tty) {
5991 my ( $i, $o ) = split $tty, /,/;
5992 $o = $i unless defined $o;
5993 open( IN, "<$i" ) or die "Cannot open TTY `$i' for read: $!";
5994 open( OUT, ">$o" ) or die "Cannot open TTY `$o' for write: $!";
5995 $IN = \*IN;
5996 $OUT = \*OUT;
5997 my $sel = select($OUT);
5998 $| = 1;
5999 select($sel);
6000 } ## end if ($tty)
6001
6002 # We don't have a TTY - try to find one via Term::Rendezvous.
6003 else {
6004 eval "require Term::Rendezvous;" or die;
6005
6006 # See if we have anything to pass to Term::Rendezvous.
6007 # Use $HOME/.perldbtty$$ if not.
6008 my $rv = $ENV{PERLDB_NOTTY} || "$ENV{HOME}/.perldbtty$$";
6009
6010 # Rendezvous and get the filehandles.
6011 my $term_rv = new Term::Rendezvous $rv;
6012 $IN = $term_rv->IN;
6013 $OUT = $term_rv->OUT;
6014 } ## end else [ if ($tty)
6015 } ## end if ($notty)
6016
6017 # We're a daughter debugger. Try to fork off another TTY.
6018 if ( $term_pid eq '-1' ) { # In a TTY with another debugger
6019 resetterm(2);
6020 }
6021
6022 # If we shouldn't use Term::ReadLine, don't.
6023 if ( !$rl ) {
6024 $term = new Term::ReadLine::Stub 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
6025 }
6026
6027 # We're using Term::ReadLine. Get all the attributes for this terminal.
6028 else {
6029 $term = new Term::ReadLine 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
6030
6031 $rl_attribs = $term->Attribs;
6032 $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters} .= '-:+/*,[])}'
6033 if defined $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters}
6034 and index( $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters}, ":" ) == -1;
6035 $rl_attribs->{special_prefixes} = '$@&%';
6036 $rl_attribs->{completer_word_break_characters} .= '$@&%';
6037 $rl_attribs->{completion_function} = \&db_complete;
6038 } ## end else [ if (!$rl)
6039
6040 # Set up the LINEINFO filehandle.
6041 $LINEINFO = $OUT unless defined $LINEINFO;
6042 $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo;
6043
6044 $term->MinLine(2);
6045
6046 if ( $term->Features->{setHistory} and "@hist" ne "?" ) {
6047 $term->SetHistory(@hist);
6048 }
6049
6050 # XXX Ornaments are turned on unconditionally, which is not
6051 # always a good thing.
6052 ornaments($ornaments) if defined $ornaments;
6053 $term_pid = $$;
6054} ## end sub setterm
6055
6056=head1 GET_FORK_TTY EXAMPLE FUNCTIONS
6057
6058When the process being debugged forks, or the process invokes a command
6059via C<system()> which starts a new debugger, we need to be able to get a new
6060C<IN> and C<OUT> filehandle for the new debugger. Otherwise, the two processes
6061fight over the terminal, and you can never quite be sure who's going to get the
6062input you're typing.
6063
6064C<get_fork_TTY> is a glob-aliased function which calls the real function that
6065is tasked with doing all the necessary operating system mojo to get a new
6066TTY (and probably another window) and to direct the new debugger to read and
6067write there.
6068
6069The debugger provides C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for X Windows and
6070OS/2. Other systems are not supported. You are encouraged to write
6071C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for I<your> platform and contribute them.
6072
6073=head3 C<xterm_get_fork_TTY>
6074
6075This function provides the C<get_fork_TTY> function for X windows. If a
6076program running under the debugger forks, a new <xterm> window is opened and
6077the subsidiary debugger is directed there.
6078
6079The C<open()> call is of particular note here. We have the new C<xterm>
6080we're spawning route file number 3 to STDOUT, and then execute the C<tty>
6081command (which prints the device name of the TTY we'll want to use for input
6082and output to STDOUT, then C<sleep> for a very long time, routing this output
6083to file number 3. This way we can simply read from the <XT> filehandle (which
6084is STDOUT from the I<commands> we ran) to get the TTY we want to use.
6085
6086Only works if C<xterm> is in your path and C<$ENV{DISPLAY}>, etc. are
6087properly set up.
6088
6089=cut
6090
6091sub xterm_get_fork_TTY {
6092 ( my $name = $0 ) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s;
6093 open XT,
6094qq[3>&1 xterm -title "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name" -e sh -c 'tty 1>&3;\
6095 sleep 10000000' |];
6096
6097 # Get the output from 'tty' and clean it up a little.
6098 my $tty = <XT>;
6099 chomp $tty;
6100
6101 $pidprompt = ''; # Shown anyway in titlebar
6102
6103 # There's our new TTY.
6104 return $tty;
6105} ## end sub xterm_get_fork_TTY
6106
6107=head3 C<os2_get_fork_TTY>
6108
6109XXX It behooves an OS/2 expert to write the necessary documentation for this!
6110
6111=cut
6112
6113# This example function resets $IN, $OUT itself
6114sub os2_get_fork_TTY {
6115 local $^F = 40; # XXXX Fixme!
6116 local $\ = '';
6117 my ( $in1, $out1, $in2, $out2 );
6118
6119 # Having -d in PERL5OPT would lead to a disaster...
6120 local $ENV{PERL5OPT} = $ENV{PERL5OPT} if $ENV{PERL5OPT};
6121 $ENV{PERL5OPT} =~ s/(?:^|(?<=\s))-d\b// if $ENV{PERL5OPT};
6122 $ENV{PERL5OPT} =~ s/(?:^|(?<=\s))-d\B/-/ if $ENV{PERL5OPT};
6123 print $OUT "Making kid PERL5OPT->`$ENV{PERL5OPT}'.\n" if $ENV{PERL5OPT};
6124 local $ENV{PERL5LIB} = $ENV{PERL5LIB} ? $ENV{PERL5LIB} : $ENV{PERLLIB};
6125 $ENV{PERL5LIB} = '' unless defined $ENV{PERL5LIB};
6126 $ENV{PERL5LIB} = join ';', @ini_INC, split /;/, $ENV{PERL5LIB};
6127 ( my $name = $0 ) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s;
6128 my @args;
6129
6130 if (
6131 pipe $in1, $out1
6132 and pipe $in2, $out2
6133
6134 # system P_SESSION will fail if there is another process
6135 # in the same session with a "dependent" asynchronous child session.
6136 and @args = (
6137 $rl, fileno $in1, fileno $out2, "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name"
6138 )
6139 and (
6140 ( $kpid = CORE::system 4, $^X, '-we',
6141 <<'ES', @args ) >= 0 # P_SESSION
6142END {sleep 5 unless $loaded}
6143BEGIN {open STDIN, '</dev/con' or warn "reopen stdin: $!"}
6144use OS2::Process;
6145
6146my ($rl, $in) = (shift, shift); # Read from $in and pass through
6147set_title pop;
6148system P_NOWAIT, $^X, '-we', <<EOS or die "Cannot start a grandkid";
6149 open IN, '<&=$in' or die "open <&=$in: \$!";
6150 \$| = 1; print while sysread IN, \$_, 1<<16;
6151EOS
6152
6153my $out = shift;
6154open OUT, ">&=$out" or die "Cannot open &=$out for writing: $!";
6155select OUT; $| = 1;
6156require Term::ReadKey if $rl;
6157Term::ReadKey::ReadMode(4) if $rl; # Nodelay on kbd. Pipe is automatically nodelay...
6158print while sysread STDIN, $_, 1<<($rl ? 16 : 0);
6159ES
6160 or warn "system P_SESSION: $!, $^E" and 0
6161 )
6162 and close $in1
6163 and close $out2
6164 )
6165 {
6166 $pidprompt = ''; # Shown anyway in titlebar
6167 reset_IN_OUT( $in2, $out1 );
6168 $tty = '*reset*';
6169 return ''; # Indicate that reset_IN_OUT is called
6170 } ## end if (pipe $in1, $out1 and...
6171 return;
6172} ## end sub os2_get_fork_TTY
6173
6174=head2 C<create_IN_OUT($flags)>
6175
6176Create a new pair of filehandles, pointing to a new TTY. If impossible,
6177try to diagnose why.
6178
6179Flags are:
6180
6181=over 4
6182
6183=item * 1 - Don't know how to create a new TTY.
6184
6185=item * 2 - Debugger has forked, but we can't get a new TTY.
6186
6187=item * 4 - standard debugger startup is happening.
6188
6189=back
6190
6191=cut
6192
6193sub create_IN_OUT { # Create a window with IN/OUT handles redirected there
6194
6195 # If we know how to get a new TTY, do it! $in will have
6196 # the TTY name if get_fork_TTY works.
6197 my $in = &get_fork_TTY if defined &get_fork_TTY;
6198
6199 # It used to be that
6200 $in = $fork_TTY if defined $fork_TTY; # Backward compatibility
6201
6202 if ( not defined $in ) {
6203 my $why = shift;
6204
6205 # We don't know how.
6206 print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 1;
6207I<#########> Forked, but do not know how to create a new B<TTY>. I<#########>
6208EOP
6209
6210 # Forked debugger.
6211 print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 2;
6212I<#########> Daughter session, do not know how to change a B<TTY>. I<#########>
6213 This may be an asynchronous session, so the parent debugger may be active.
6214EOP
6215
6216 # Note that both debuggers are fighting over the same input.
6217 print_help(<<EOP) if $why != 4;
6218 Since two debuggers fight for the same TTY, input is severely entangled.
6219
6220EOP
6221 print_help(<<EOP);
6222 I know how to switch the output to a different window in xterms
6223 and OS/2 consoles only. For a manual switch, put the name of the created I<TTY>
6224 in B<\$DB::fork_TTY>, or define a function B<DB::get_fork_TTY()> returning this.
6225
6226 On I<UNIX>-like systems one can get the name of a I<TTY> for the given window
6227 by typing B<tty>, and disconnect the I<shell> from I<TTY> by B<sleep 1000000>.
6228
6229EOP
6230 } ## end if (not defined $in)
6231 elsif ( $in ne '' ) {
6232 TTY($in);
6233 }
6234 else {
6235 $console = ''; # Indicate no need to open-from-the-console
6236 }
6237 undef $fork_TTY;
6238} ## end sub create_IN_OUT
6239
6240=head2 C<resetterm>
6241
6242Handles rejiggering the prompt when we've forked off a new debugger.
6243
6244If the new debugger happened because of a C<system()> that invoked a
6245program under the debugger, the arrow between the old pid and the new
6246in the prompt has I<two> dashes instead of one.
6247
6248We take the current list of pids and add this one to the end. If there
6249isn't any list yet, we make one up out of the initial pid associated with
6250the terminal and our new pid, sticking an arrow (either one-dashed or
6251two dashed) in between them.
6252
6253If C<CreateTTY> is off, or C<resetterm> was called with no arguments,
6254we don't try to create a new IN and OUT filehandle. Otherwise, we go ahead
6255and try to do that.
6256
6257=cut
6258
6259sub resetterm { # We forked, so we need a different TTY
6260
6261 # Needs to be passed to create_IN_OUT() as well.
6262 my $in = shift;
6263
6264 # resetterm(2): got in here because of a system() starting a debugger.
6265 # resetterm(1): just forked.
6266 my $systemed = $in > 1 ? '-' : '';
6267
6268 # If there's already a list of pids, add this to the end.
6269 if ($pids) {
6270 $pids =~ s/\]/$systemed->$$]/;
6271 }
6272
6273 # No pid list. Time to make one.
6274 else {
6275 $pids = "[$term_pid->$$]";
6276 }
6277
6278 # The prompt we're going to be using for this debugger.
6279 $pidprompt = $pids;
6280
6281 # We now 0wnz this terminal.
6282 $term_pid = $$;
6283
6284 # Just return if we're not supposed to try to create a new TTY.
6285 return unless $CreateTTY & $in;
6286
6287 # Try to create a new IN/OUT pair.
6288 create_IN_OUT($in);
6289} ## end sub resetterm
6290
6291=head2 C<readline>
6292
6293First, we handle stuff in the typeahead buffer. If there is any, we shift off
6294the next line, print a message saying we got it, add it to the terminal
6295history (if possible), and return it.
6296
6297If there's nothing in the typeahead buffer, check the command filehandle stack.
6298If there are any filehandles there, read from the last one, and return the line
6299if we got one. If not, we pop the filehandle off and close it, and try the
6300next one up the stack.
6301
6302If we've emptied the filehandle stack, we check to see if we've got a socket
6303open, and we read that and return it if we do. If we don't, we just call the
6304core C<readline()> and return its value.
6305
6306=cut
6307
6308sub readline {
6309
6310 # Localize to prevent it from being smashed in the program being debugged.
6311 local $.;
6312
6313 # Pull a line out of the typeahead if there's stuff there.
6314 if (@typeahead) {
6315
6316 # How many lines left.
6317 my $left = @typeahead;
6318
6319 # Get the next line.
6320 my $got = shift @typeahead;
6321
6322 # Print a message saying we got input from the typeahead.
6323 local $\ = '';
6324 print $OUT "auto(-$left)", shift, $got, "\n";
6325
6326 # Add it to the terminal history (if possible).
6327 $term->AddHistory($got)
6328 if length($got) > 1
6329 and defined $term->Features->{addHistory};
6330 return $got;
6331 } ## end if (@typeahead)
6332
6333 # We really need to read some input. Turn off entry/exit trace and
6334 # return value printing.
6335 local $frame = 0;
6336 local $doret = -2;
6337
6338 # If there are stacked filehandles to read from ...
6339 while (@cmdfhs) {
6340
6341 # Read from the last one in the stack.
6342 my $line = CORE::readline( $cmdfhs[-1] );
6343
6344 # If we got a line ...
6345 defined $line
6346 ? ( print $OUT ">> $line" and return $line ) # Echo and return
6347 : close pop @cmdfhs; # Pop and close
6348 } ## end while (@cmdfhs)
6349
6350 # Nothing on the filehandle stack. Socket?
6351 if ( ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa( $OUT, 'IO::Socket::INET' ) ) {
6352
6353 # Send anyting we have to send.
6354 $OUT->write( join( '', @_ ) );
6355
6356 # Receive anything there is to receive.
6357 my $stuff;
6358 $IN->recv( $stuff, 2048 ); # XXX "what's wrong with sysread?"
6359 # XXX Don't know. You tell me.
6360
6361 # What we got.
6362 $stuff;
6363 } ## end if (ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa...
6364
6365 # No socket. Just read from the terminal.
6366 else {
6367 $term->readline(@_);
6368 }
6369} ## end sub readline
6370
6371=head1 OPTIONS SUPPORT ROUTINES
6372
6373These routines handle listing and setting option values.
6374
6375=head2 C<dump_option> - list the current value of an option setting
6376
6377This routine uses C<option_val> to look up the value for an option.
6378It cleans up escaped single-quotes and then displays the option and
6379its value.
6380
6381=cut
6382
6383sub dump_option {
6384 my ( $opt, $val ) = @_;
6385 $val = option_val( $opt, 'N/A' );
6386 $val =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g;
6387 printf $OUT "%20s = '%s'\n", $opt, $val;
6388} ## end sub dump_option
6389
6390sub options2remember {
6391 foreach my $k (@RememberOnROptions) {
6392 $option{$k} = option_val( $k, 'N/A' );
6393 }
6394 return %option;
6395}
6396
6397=head2 C<option_val> - find the current value of an option
6398
6399This can't just be a simple hash lookup because of the indirect way that
6400the option values are stored. Some are retrieved by calling a subroutine,
6401some are just variables.
6402
6403You must supply a default value to be used in case the option isn't set.
6404
6405=cut
6406
6407sub option_val {
6408 my ( $opt, $default ) = @_;
6409 my $val;
6410
6411 # Does this option exist, and is it a variable?
6412 # If so, retrieve the value via the value in %optionVars.
6413 if ( defined $optionVars{$opt}
6414 and defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} } )
6415 {
6416 $val = ${ $optionVars{$opt} };
6417 }
6418
6419 # Does this option exist, and it's a subroutine?
6420 # If so, call the subroutine via the ref in %optionAction
6421 # and capture the value.
6422 elsif ( defined $optionAction{$opt}
6423 and defined &{ $optionAction{$opt} } )
6424 {
6425 $val = &{ $optionAction{$opt} }();
6426 }
6427
6428 # If there's an action or variable for the supplied option,
6429 # but no value was set, use the default.
6430 elsif (defined $optionAction{$opt} and not defined $option{$opt}
6431 or defined $optionVars{$opt} and not defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} } )
6432 {
6433 $val = $default;
6434 }
6435
6436 # Otherwise, do the simple hash lookup.
6437 else {
6438 $val = $option{$opt};
6439 }
6440
6441 # If the value isn't defined, use the default.
6442 # Then return whatever the value is.
6443 $val = $default unless defined $val;
6444 $val;
6445} ## end sub option_val
6446
6447=head2 C<parse_options>
6448
6449Handles the parsing and execution of option setting/displaying commands.
6450
6451An option entered by itself is assumed to be I<set me to 1> (the default value)
6452if the option is a boolean one. If not, the user is prompted to enter a valid
6453value or to query the current value (via C<option? >).
6454
6455If C<option=value> is entered, we try to extract a quoted string from the
6456value (if it is quoted). If it's not, we just use the whole value as-is.
6457
6458We load any modules required to service this option, and then we set it: if
6459it just gets stuck in a variable, we do that; if there's a subroutine to
6460handle setting the option, we call that.
6461
6462Finally, if we're running in interactive mode, we display the effect of the
6463user's command back to the terminal, skipping this if we're setting things
6464during initialization.
6465
6466=cut
6467
6468sub parse_options {
6469 local ($_) = @_;
6470 local $\ = '';
6471
6472 # These options need a value. Don't allow them to be clobbered by accident.
6473 my %opt_needs_val = map { ( $_ => 1 ) } qw{
6474 dumpDepth arrayDepth hashDepth LineInfo maxTraceLen ornaments windowSize
6475 pager quote ReadLine recallCommand RemotePort ShellBang TTY CommandSet
6476 };
6477
6478 while (length) {
6479 my $val_defaulted;
6480
6481 # Clean off excess leading whitespace.
6482 s/^\s+// && next;
6483
6484 # Options are always all word characters, followed by a non-word
6485 # separator.
6486 s/^(\w+)(\W?)// or print( $OUT "Invalid option `$_'\n" ), last;
6487 my ( $opt, $sep ) = ( $1, $2 );
6488
6489 # Make sure that such an option exists.
6490 my $matches = grep( /^\Q$opt/ && ( $option = $_ ), @options )
6491 || grep( /^\Q$opt/i && ( $option = $_ ), @options );
6492
6493 print( $OUT "Unknown option `$opt'\n" ), next unless $matches;
6494 print( $OUT "Ambiguous option `$opt'\n" ), next if $matches > 1;
6495 my $val;
6496
6497 # '?' as separator means query, but must have whitespace after it.
6498 if ( "?" eq $sep ) {
6499 print( $OUT "Option query `$opt?' followed by non-space `$_'\n" ),
6500 last
6501 if /^\S/;
6502
6503 #&dump_option($opt);
6504 } ## end if ("?" eq $sep)
6505
6506 # Separator is whitespace (or just a carriage return).
6507 # They're going for a default, which we assume is 1.
6508 elsif ( $sep !~ /\S/ ) {
6509 $val_defaulted = 1;
6510 $val = "1"; # this is an evil default; make 'em set it!
6511 }
6512
6513 # Separator is =. Trying to set a value.
6514 elsif ( $sep eq "=" ) {
6515
6516 # If quoted, extract a quoted string.
6517 if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x) {
6518 my $quote = $1;
6519 ( $val = $2 ) =~ s/\\([$quote\\])/$1/g;
6520 }
6521
6522 # Not quoted. Use the whole thing. Warn about 'option='.
6523 else {
6524 s/^(\S*)//;
6525 $val = $1;
6526 print OUT qq(Option better cleared using $opt=""\n)
6527 unless length $val;
6528 } ## end else [ if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x)
6529
6530 } ## end elsif ($sep eq "=")
6531
6532 # "Quoted" with [], <>, or {}.
6533 else { #{ to "let some poor schmuck bounce on the % key in B<vi>."
6534 my ($end) =
6535 "\\" . substr( ")]>}$sep", index( "([<{", $sep ), 1 ); #}
6536 s/^(([^\\$end]|\\[\\$end])*)$end($|\s+)//
6537 or print( $OUT "Unclosed option value `$opt$sep$_'\n" ), last;
6538 ( $val = $1 ) =~ s/\\([\\$end])/$1/g;
6539 } ## end else [ if ("?" eq $sep)
6540
6541 # Exclude non-booleans from getting set to 1 by default.
6542 if ( $opt_needs_val{$option} && $val_defaulted ) {
6543 my $cmd = ( $CommandSet eq '580' ) ? 'o' : 'O';
6544 print $OUT
6545"Option `$opt' is non-boolean. Use `$cmd $option=VAL' to set, `$cmd $option?' to query\n";
6546 next;
6547 } ## end if ($opt_needs_val{$option...
6548
6549 # Save the option value.
6550 $option{$option} = $val if defined $val;
6551
6552 # Load any module that this option requires.
6553 eval qq{
6554 local \$frame = 0;
6555 local \$doret = -2;
6556 require '$optionRequire{$option}';
6557 1;
6558 } || die # XXX: shouldn't happen
6559 if defined $optionRequire{$option}
6560 && defined $val;
6561
6562 # Set it.
6563 # Stick it in the proper variable if it goes in a variable.
6564 ${ $optionVars{$option} } = $val
6565 if defined $optionVars{$option}
6566 && defined $val;
6567
6568 # Call the appropriate sub if it gets set via sub.
6569 &{ $optionAction{$option} }($val)
6570 if defined $optionAction{$option}
6571 && defined &{ $optionAction{$option} }
6572 && defined $val;
6573
6574 # Not initialization - echo the value we set it to.
6575 dump_option($option) unless $OUT eq \*STDERR;
6576 } ## end while (length)
6577} ## end sub parse_options
6578
6579=head1 RESTART SUPPORT
6580
6581These routines are used to store (and restore) lists of items in environment
6582variables during a restart.
6583
6584=head2 set_list
6585
6586Set_list packages up items to be stored in a set of environment variables
6587(VAR_n, containing the number of items, and VAR_0, VAR_1, etc., containing
6588the values). Values outside the standard ASCII charset are stored by encoding
6589then as hexadecimal values.
6590
6591=cut
6592
6593sub set_list {
6594 my ( $stem, @list ) = @_;
6595 my $val;
6596
6597 # VAR_n: how many we have. Scalar assignment gets the number of items.
6598 $ENV{"${stem}_n"} = @list;
6599
6600 # Grab each item in the list, escape the backslashes, encode the non-ASCII
6601 # as hex, and then save in the appropriate VAR_0, VAR_1, etc.
6602 for $i ( 0 .. $#list ) {
6603 $val = $list[$i];
6604 $val =~ s/\\/\\\\/g;
6605 $val =~ s/([\0-\37\177\200-\377])/"\\0x" . unpack('H2',$1)/eg;
6606 $ENV{"${stem}_$i"} = $val;
6607 } ## end for $i (0 .. $#list)
6608} ## end sub set_list
6609
6610=head2 get_list
6611
6612Reverse the set_list operation: grab VAR_n to see how many we should be getting
6613back, and then pull VAR_0, VAR_1. etc. back out.
6614
6615=cut
6616
6617sub get_list {
6618 my $stem = shift;
6619 my @list;
6620 my $n = delete $ENV{"${stem}_n"};
6621 my $val;
6622 for $i ( 0 .. $n - 1 ) {
6623 $val = delete $ENV{"${stem}_$i"};
6624 $val =~ s/\\((\\)|0x(..))/ $2 ? $2 : pack('H2', $3) /ge;
6625 push @list, $val;
6626 }
6627 @list;
6628} ## end sub get_list
6629
6630=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SIGNAL AND I/O MANAGEMENT
6631
6632=head2 catch()
6633
6634The C<catch()> subroutine is the essence of fast and low-impact. We simply
6635set an already-existing global scalar variable to a constant value. This
6636avoids allocating any memory possibly in the middle of something that will
6637get all confused if we do, particularly under I<unsafe signals>.
6638
6639=cut
6640
6641sub catch {
6642 $signal = 1;
6643 return; # Put nothing on the stack - malloc/free land!
6644}
6645
6646=head2 C<warn()>
6647
6648C<warn> emits a warning, by joining together its arguments and printing
6649them, with couple of fillips.
6650
6651If the composited message I<doesn't> end with a newline, we automatically
6652add C<$!> and a newline to the end of the message. The subroutine expects $OUT
6653to be set to the filehandle to be used to output warnings; it makes no
6654assumptions about what filehandles are available.
6655
6656=cut
6657
6658sub warn {
6659 my ($msg) = join( "", @_ );
6660 $msg .= ": $!\n" unless $msg =~ /\n$/;
6661 local $\ = '';
6662 print $OUT $msg;
6663} ## end sub warn
6664
6665=head1 INITIALIZATION TTY SUPPORT
6666
6667=head2 C<reset_IN_OUT>
6668
6669This routine handles restoring the debugger's input and output filehandles
6670after we've tried and failed to move them elsewhere. In addition, it assigns
6671the debugger's output filehandle to $LINEINFO if it was already open there.
6672
6673=cut
6674
6675sub reset_IN_OUT {
6676 my $switch_li = $LINEINFO eq $OUT;
6677
6678 # If there's a term and it's able to get a new tty, try to get one.
6679 if ( $term and $term->Features->{newTTY} ) {
6680 ( $IN, $OUT ) = ( shift, shift );
6681 $term->newTTY( $IN, $OUT );
6682 }
6683
6684 # This term can't get a new tty now. Better luck later.
6685 elsif ($term) {
6686 &warn("Too late to set IN/OUT filehandles, enabled on next `R'!\n");
6687 }
6688
6689 # Set the filehndles up as they were.
6690 else {
6691 ( $IN, $OUT ) = ( shift, shift );
6692 }
6693
6694 # Unbuffer the output filehandle.
6695 my $o = select $OUT;
6696 $| = 1;
6697 select $o;
6698
6699 # Point LINEINFO to the same output filehandle if it was there before.
6700 $LINEINFO = $OUT if $switch_li;
6701} ## end sub reset_IN_OUT
6702
6703=head1 OPTION SUPPORT ROUTINES
6704
6705The following routines are used to process some of the more complicated
6706debugger options.
6707
6708=head2 C<TTY>
6709
6710Sets the input and output filehandles to the specified files or pipes.
6711If the terminal supports switching, we go ahead and do it. If not, and
6712there's already a terminal in place, we save the information to take effect
6713on restart.
6714
6715If there's no terminal yet (for instance, during debugger initialization),
6716we go ahead and set C<$console> and C<$tty> to the file indicated.
6717
6718=cut
6719
6720sub TTY {
6721 if ( @_ and $term and $term->Features->{newTTY} ) {
6722
6723 # This terminal supports switching to a new TTY.
6724 # Can be a list of two files, or on string containing both names,
6725 # comma-separated.
6726 # XXX Should this perhaps be an assignment from @_?
6727 my ( $in, $out ) = shift;
6728 if ( $in =~ /,/ ) {
6729
6730 # Split list apart if supplied.
6731 ( $in, $out ) = split /,/, $in, 2;
6732 }
6733 else {
6734
6735 # Use the same file for both input and output.
6736 $out = $in;
6737 }
6738
6739 # Open file onto the debugger's filehandles, if you can.
6740 open IN, $in or die "cannot open `$in' for read: $!";
6741 open OUT, ">$out" or die "cannot open `$out' for write: $!";
6742
6743 # Swap to the new filehandles.
6744 reset_IN_OUT( \*IN, \*OUT );
6745
6746 # Save the setting for later.
6747 return $tty = $in;
6748 } ## end if (@_ and $term and $term...
6749
6750 # Terminal doesn't support new TTY, or doesn't support readline.
6751 # Can't do it now, try restarting.
6752 &warn("Too late to set TTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if $term and @_;
6753
6754 # Useful if done through PERLDB_OPTS:
6755 $console = $tty = shift if @_;
6756
6757 # Return whatever the TTY is.
6758 $tty or $console;
6759} ## end sub TTY
6760
6761=head2 C<noTTY>
6762
6763Sets the C<$notty> global, controlling whether or not the debugger tries to
6764get a terminal to read from. If called after a terminal is already in place,
6765we save the value to use it if we're restarted.
6766
6767=cut
6768
6769sub noTTY {
6770 if ($term) {
6771 &warn("Too late to set noTTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_;
6772 }
6773 $notty = shift if @_;
6774 $notty;
6775} ## end sub noTTY
6776
6777=head2 C<ReadLine>
6778
6779Sets the C<$rl> option variable. If 0, we use C<Term::ReadLine::Stub>
6780(essentially, no C<readline> processing on this I<terminal>). Otherwise, we
6781use C<Term::ReadLine>. Can't be changed after a terminal's in place; we save
6782the value in case a restart is done so we can change it then.
6783
6784=cut
6785
6786sub ReadLine {
6787 if ($term) {
6788 &warn("Too late to set ReadLine, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_;
6789 }
6790 $rl = shift if @_;
6791 $rl;
6792} ## end sub ReadLine
6793
6794=head2 C<RemotePort>
6795
6796Sets the port that the debugger will try to connect to when starting up.
6797If the terminal's already been set up, we can't do it, but we remember the
6798setting in case the user does a restart.
6799
6800=cut
6801
6802sub RemotePort {
6803 if ($term) {
6804 &warn("Too late to set RemotePort, enabled on next 'R'!\n") if @_;
6805 }
6806 $remoteport = shift if @_;
6807 $remoteport;
6808} ## end sub RemotePort
6809
6810=head2 C<tkRunning>
6811
6812Checks with the terminal to see if C<Tk> is running, and returns true or
6813false. Returns false if the current terminal doesn't support C<readline>.
6814
6815=cut
6816
6817sub tkRunning {
6818 if ( ${ $term->Features }{tkRunning} ) {
6819 return $term->tkRunning(@_);
6820 }
6821 else {
6822 local $\ = '';
6823 print $OUT "tkRunning not supported by current ReadLine package.\n";
6824 0;
6825 }
6826} ## end sub tkRunning
6827
6828=head2 C<NonStop>
6829
6830Sets nonstop mode. If a terminal's already been set up, it's too late; the
6831debugger remembers the setting in case you restart, though.
6832
6833=cut
6834
6835sub NonStop {
6836 if ($term) {
6837 &warn("Too late to set up NonStop mode, enabled on next `R'!\n")
6838 if @_;
6839 }
6840 $runnonstop = shift if @_;
6841 $runnonstop;
6842} ## end sub NonStop
6843
6844sub DollarCaretP {
6845 if ($term) {
6846 &warn("Some flag changes could not take effect until next 'R'!\n")
6847 if @_;
6848 }
6849 $^P = parse_DollarCaretP_flags(shift) if @_;
6850 expand_DollarCaretP_flags($^P);
6851}
6852
6853sub OnlyAssertions {
6854 if ($term) {
6855 &warn("Too late to set up OnlyAssertions mode, enabled on next 'R'!\n")
6856 if @_;
6857 }
6858 if (@_) {
6859 unless ( defined $ini_assertion ) {
6860 if ($term) {
6861 &warn("Current Perl interpreter doesn't support assertions");
6862 }
6863 return 0;
6864 }
6865 if (shift) {
6866 unless ($ini_assertion) {
6867 print "Assertions will be active on next 'R'!\n";
6868 $ini_assertion = 1;
6869 }
6870 $^P &= ~$DollarCaretP_flags{PERLDBf_SUB};
6871 $^P |= $DollarCaretP_flags{PERLDBf_ASSERTION};
6872 }
6873 else {
6874 $^P |= $DollarCaretP_flags{PERLDBf_SUB};
6875 }
6876 }
6877 !( $^P & $DollarCaretP_flags{PERLDBf_SUB} ) || 0;
6878}
6879
6880=head2 C<pager>
6881
6882Set up the C<$pager> variable. Adds a pipe to the front unless there's one
6883there already.
6884
6885=cut
6886
6887sub pager {
6888 if (@_) {
6889 $pager = shift;
6890 $pager = "|" . $pager unless $pager =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/;
6891 }
6892 $pager;
6893} ## end sub pager
6894
6895=head2 C<shellBang>
6896
6897Sets the shell escape command, and generates a printable copy to be used
6898in the help.
6899
6900=cut
6901
6902sub shellBang {
6903
6904 # If we got an argument, meta-quote it, and add '\b' if it
6905 # ends in a word character.
6906 if (@_) {
6907 $sh = quotemeta shift;
6908 $sh .= "\\b" if $sh =~ /\w$/;
6909 }
6910
6911 # Generate the printable version for the help:
6912 $psh = $sh; # copy it
6913 $psh =~ s/\\b$//; # Take off trailing \b if any
6914 $psh =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g; # De-escape
6915 $psh; # return the printable version
6916} ## end sub shellBang
6917
6918=head2 C<ornaments>
6919
6920If the terminal has its own ornaments, fetch them. Otherwise accept whatever
6921was passed as the argument. (This means you can't override the terminal's
6922ornaments.)
6923
6924=cut
6925
6926sub ornaments {
6927 if ( defined $term ) {
6928
6929 # We don't want to show warning backtraces, but we do want die() ones.
6930 local ( $warnLevel, $dieLevel ) = ( 0, 1 );
6931
6932 # No ornaments if the terminal doesn't support them.
6933 return '' unless $term->Features->{ornaments};
6934 eval { $term->ornaments(@_) } || '';
6935 }
6936
6937 # Use what was passed in if we can't determine it ourselves.
6938 else {
6939 $ornaments = shift;
6940 }
6941} ## end sub ornaments
6942
6943=head2 C<recallCommand>
6944
6945Sets the recall command, and builds a printable version which will appear in
6946the help text.
6947
6948=cut
6949
6950sub recallCommand {
6951
6952 # If there is input, metaquote it. Add '\b' if it ends with a word
6953 # character.
6954 if (@_) {
6955 $rc = quotemeta shift;
6956 $rc .= "\\b" if $rc =~ /\w$/;
6957 }
6958
6959 # Build it into a printable version.
6960 $prc = $rc; # Copy it
6961 $prc =~ s/\\b$//; # Remove trailing \b
6962 $prc =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g; # Remove escapes
6963 $prc; # Return the printable version
6964} ## end sub recallCommand
6965
6966=head2 C<LineInfo> - where the line number information goes
6967
6968Called with no arguments, returns the file or pipe that line info should go to.
6969
6970Called with an argument (a file or a pipe), it opens that onto the
6971C<LINEINFO> filehandle, unbuffers the filehandle, and then returns the
6972file or pipe again to the caller.
6973
6974=cut
6975
6976sub LineInfo {
6977 return $lineinfo unless @_;
6978 $lineinfo = shift;
6979
6980 # If this is a valid "thing to be opened for output", tack a
6981 # '>' onto the front.
6982 my $stream = ( $lineinfo =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/ ) ? $lineinfo : ">$lineinfo";
6983
6984 # If this is a pipe, the stream points to a slave editor.
6985 $slave_editor = ( $stream =~ /^\|/ );
6986
6987 # Open it up and unbuffer it.
6988 open( LINEINFO, "$stream" ) || &warn("Cannot open `$stream' for write");
6989 $LINEINFO = \*LINEINFO;
6990 my $save = select($LINEINFO);
6991 $| = 1;
6992 select($save);
6993
6994 # Hand the file or pipe back again.
6995 $lineinfo;
6996} ## end sub LineInfo
6997
6998=head1 COMMAND SUPPORT ROUTINES
6999
7000These subroutines provide functionality for various commands.
7001
7002=head2 C<list_modules>
7003
7004For the C<M> command: list modules loaded and their versions.
7005Essentially just runs through the keys in %INC, picks each package's
7006C<$VERSION> variable, gets the file name, and formats the information
7007for output.
7008
7009=cut
7010
7011sub list_modules { # versions
7012 my %version;
7013 my $file;
7014
7015 # keys are the "as-loaded" name, values are the fully-qualified path
7016 # to the file itself.
7017 for ( keys %INC ) {
7018 $file = $_; # get the module name
7019 s,\.p[lm]$,,i; # remove '.pl' or '.pm'
7020 s,/,::,g; # change '/' to '::'
7021 s/^perl5db$/DB/; # Special case: debugger
7022 # moves to package DB
7023 s/^Term::ReadLine::readline$/readline/; # simplify readline
7024
7025 # If the package has a $VERSION package global (as all good packages
7026 # should!) decode it and save as partial message.
7027 if ( defined ${ $_ . '::VERSION' } ) {
7028 $version{$file} = "${ $_ . '::VERSION' } from ";
7029 }
7030
7031 # Finish up the message with the file the package came from.
7032 $version{$file} .= $INC{$file};
7033 } ## end for (keys %INC)
7034
7035 # Hey, dumpit() formats a hash nicely, so why not use it?
7036 dumpit( $OUT, \%version );
7037} ## end sub list_modules
7038
7039=head2 C<sethelp()>
7040
7041Sets up the monster string used to format and print the help.
7042
7043=head3 HELP MESSAGE FORMAT
7044
7045The help message is a peculiar format unto itself; it mixes C<pod> I<ornaments>
7046(C<< B<> >> C<< I<> >>) with tabs to come up with a format that's fairly
7047easy to parse and portable, but which still allows the help to be a little
7048nicer than just plain text.
7049
7050Essentially, you define the command name (usually marked up with C<< B<> >>
7051and C<< I<> >>), followed by a tab, and then the descriptive text, ending in a
7052newline. The descriptive text can also be marked up in the same way. If you
7053need to continue the descriptive text to another line, start that line with
7054just tabs and then enter the marked-up text.
7055
7056If you are modifying the help text, I<be careful>. The help-string parser is
7057not very sophisticated, and if you don't follow these rules it will mangle the
7058help beyond hope until you fix the string.
7059
7060=cut
7061
7062sub sethelp {
7063
7064 # XXX: make sure there are tabs between the command and explanation,
7065 # or print_help will screw up your formatting if you have
7066 # eeevil ornaments enabled. This is an insane mess.
7067
7068 $help = "
7069Help is currently only available for the new 5.8 command set.
7070No help is available for the old command set.
7071We assume you know what you're doing if you switch to it.
7072
7073B<T> Stack trace.
7074B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in I<expr>].
7075B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>].
7076<B<CR>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command.
7077B<r> Return from current subroutine.
7078B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>] Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint
7079 at the specified position.
7080B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr> List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>.
7081B<l> I<min>B<->I<max> List lines I<min> through I<max>.
7082B<l> I<line> List single I<line>.
7083B<l> I<subname> List first window of lines from subroutine.
7084B<l> I<\$var> List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7085B<l> List next window of lines.
7086B<-> List previous window of lines.
7087B<v> [I<line>] View window around I<line>.
7088B<.> Return to the executed line.
7089B<f> I<filename> Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded.
7090 I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular
7091 expression matching the full file name:
7092 B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file.
7093 Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames:
7094 B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval
7095 (in the order of execution).
7096B</>I<pattern>B</> Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional.
7097B<?>I<pattern>B<?> Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional.
7098B<L> [I<a|b|w>] List actions and or breakpoints and or watch-expressions.
7099B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>] List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>.
7100B<t> Toggle trace mode.
7101B<t> I<expr> Trace through execution of I<expr>.
7102B<b> Sets breakpoint on current line)
7103B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>]
7104 Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line;
7105 I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'.
7106B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7107 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine.
7108B<b> I<\$var> Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7109B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on 'require'ing the given file.
7110B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7111 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after
7112 it is compiled.
7113B<b> B<compile> I<subname>
7114 Stop after the subroutine is compiled.
7115B<B> [I<line>] Delete the breakpoint for I<line>.
7116B<B> I<*> Delete all breakpoints.
7117B<a> [I<line>] I<command>
7118 Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed;
7119 I<line> defaults to the current execution line.
7120 Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line
7121 if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary,
7122 execute line.
7123B<a> Does nothing
7124B<A> [I<line>] Delete the action for I<line>.
7125B<A> I<*> Delete all actions.
7126B<w> I<expr> Add a global watch-expression.
7127B<w> Does nothing
7128B<W> I<expr> Delete a global watch-expression.
7129B<W> I<*> Delete all watch-expressions.
7130B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]] List some (default all) variables in package (default current).
7131 Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps.
7132B<X> [I<vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\".
7133B<x> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, dumps the result.
7134B<m> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable
7135 on the first element of the result.
7136B<m> I<class> Prints methods callable via the given class.
7137B<M> Show versions of loaded modules.
7138B<i> I<class> Prints nested parents of given class.
7139B<e> Display current thread id.
7140B<E> Display all thread ids the current one will be identified: <n>.
7141B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>.
7142B<P> Something to do with assertions...
7143
7144B<<> ? List Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7145B<<> I<expr> Define Perl command to run before each prompt.
7146B<<<> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7147B<< *> Delete the list of perl commands to run before each prompt.
7148B<>> ? List Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7149B<>> I<expr> Define Perl command to run after each prompt.
7150B<>>B<>> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7151B<>>B< *> Delete the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7152B<{> I<db_command> Define debugger command to run before each prompt.
7153B<{> ? List debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7154B<{{> I<db_command> Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7155B<{ *> Delete the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7156B<$prc> I<number> Redo a previous command (default previous command).
7157B<$prc> I<-number> Redo number'th-to-last command.
7158B<$prc> I<pattern> Redo last command that started with I<pattern>.
7159 See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too.
7160B<$psh$psh> I<cmd> Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)"
7161 . (
7162 $rc eq $sh
7163 ? ""
7164 : "
7165B<$psh> [I<cmd>] Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")."
7166 ) . "
7167 See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too.
7168B<source> I<file> Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest).
7169B<save> I<file> Save current debugger session (actual history) to I<file>.
7170B<rerun> Rerun session to current position.
7171B<rerun> I<n> Rerun session to numbered command.
7172B<rerun> I<-n> Rerun session to number'th-to-last command.
7173B<H> I<-number> Display last number commands (default all).
7174B<H> I<*> Delete complete history.
7175B<p> I<expr> Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package.
7176B<|>I<dbcmd> Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager.
7177B<||>I<dbcmd> Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well.
7178B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>] Define a command alias, or list current aliases.
7179I<command> Execute as a perl statement in current package.
7180B<R> Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state
7181 and command-line options may be lost.
7182 Currently the following settings are preserved:
7183 history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions
7184 and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>.
7185
7186B<o> [I<opt>] ... Set boolean option to true
7187B<o> [I<opt>B<?>] Query options
7188B<o> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ...
7189 Set options. Use quotes in spaces in value.
7190 I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang> chars used to recall command or spawn shell;
7191 I<pager> program for output of \"|cmd\";
7192 I<tkRunning> run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine);
7193 I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel> level of verbosity;
7194 I<inhibit_exit> Allows stepping off the end of the script.
7195 I<ImmediateStop> Debugger should stop as early as possible.
7196 I<RemotePort> Remote hostname:port for remote debugging
7197 The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands:
7198 I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth> print only first N elements ('' for all);
7199 I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact> change style of array and hash dump;
7200 I<globPrint> whether to print contents of globs;
7201 I<DumpDBFiles> dump arrays holding debugged files;
7202 I<DumpPackages> dump symbol tables of packages;
7203 I<DumpReused> dump contents of \"reused\" addresses;
7204 I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint> change style of string dump;
7205 I<bareStringify> Do not print the overload-stringified value;
7206 Other options include:
7207 I<PrintRet> affects printing of return value after B<r> command,
7208 I<frame> affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit.
7209 I<AutoTrace> affects printing messages on possible breaking points.
7210 I<maxTraceLen> gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace.
7211 I<ornaments> affects screen appearance of the command line.
7212 I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
7213 1: on fork() 2: debugger is started inside debugger
7214 4: on startup
7215 During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}.
7216 You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>,
7217 I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use
7218 `B<R>' after you set them).
7219
7220B<q> or B<^D> Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction.
7221B<h> Summary of debugger commands.
7222B<h> [I<db_command>] Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page.
7223B<h h> Long help for debugger commands
7224B<$doccmd> I<manpage> Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the
7225 named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted.
7226 Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer.
7227
7228Type `|h h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read.
7229
7230"; # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}}
7231
7232 # note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful
7233 $summary = <<"END_SUM";
7234I<List/search source lines:> I<Control script execution:>
7235 B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>] List source code B<T> Stack trace
7236 B<-> or B<.> List previous/current line B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in expr]
7237 B<v> [I<line>] View around line B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subs
7238 B<f> I<filename> View source in file <B<CR>/B<Enter>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s>
7239 B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?> Search forw/backw B<r> Return from subroutine
7240 B<M> Show module versions B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>] Continue until position
7241I<Debugger controls:> B<L> List break/watch/actions
7242 B<o> [...] Set debugger options B<t> [I<expr>] Toggle trace [trace expr]
7243 B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint
7244 B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>] Redo a previous command B<B> I<ln|*> Delete a/all breakpoints
7245 B<H> [I<-num>] Display last num commands B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd> Do cmd before line
7246 B<=> [I<a> I<val>] Define/list an alias B<A> I<ln|*> Delete a/all actions
7247 B<h> [I<db_cmd>] Get help on command B<w> I<expr> Add a watch expression
7248 B<h h> Complete help page B<W> I<expr|*> Delete a/all watch exprs
7249 B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd> Send output to pager B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess
7250 B<q> or B<^D> Quit B<R> Attempt a restart
7251I<Data Examination:> B<expr> Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr>
7252 B<x>|B<m> I<expr> Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods.
7253 B<p> I<expr> Print expression (uses script's current package).
7254 B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>] List subroutine names [not] matching pattern
7255 B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]] List Variables in Package. Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern.
7256 B<X> [I<Vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\". B<i> I<class> inheritance tree.
7257 B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>.
7258 B<e> Display thread id B<E> Display all thread ids.
7259For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs.
7260END_SUM
7261
7262 # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching
7263
7264 # and this is really numb...
7265 $pre580_help = "
7266B<T> Stack trace.
7267B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in I<expr>].
7268B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>].
7269B<CR>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command.
7270B<r> Return from current subroutine.
7271B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>] Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint
7272 at the specified position.
7273B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr> List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>.
7274B<l> I<min>B<->I<max> List lines I<min> through I<max>.
7275B<l> I<line> List single I<line>.
7276B<l> I<subname> List first window of lines from subroutine.
7277B<l> I<\$var> List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7278B<l> List next window of lines.
7279B<-> List previous window of lines.
7280B<w> [I<line>] List window around I<line>.
7281B<.> Return to the executed line.
7282B<f> I<filename> Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded.
7283 I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular
7284 expression matching the full file name:
7285 B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file.
7286 Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames:
7287 B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval
7288 (in the order of execution).
7289B</>I<pattern>B</> Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional.
7290B<?>I<pattern>B<?> Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional.
7291B<L> List all breakpoints and actions.
7292B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>] List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>.
7293B<t> Toggle trace mode.
7294B<t> I<expr> Trace through execution of I<expr>.
7295B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>]
7296 Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line;
7297 I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'.
7298B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7299 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine.
7300B<b> I<\$var> Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7301B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on `require'ing the given file.
7302B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7303 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after
7304 it is compiled.
7305B<b> B<compile> I<subname>
7306 Stop after the subroutine is compiled.
7307B<d> [I<line>] Delete the breakpoint for I<line>.
7308B<D> Delete all breakpoints.
7309B<a> [I<line>] I<command>
7310 Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed;
7311 I<line> defaults to the current execution line.
7312 Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line
7313 if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary,
7314 execute line.
7315B<a> [I<line>] Delete the action for I<line>.
7316B<A> Delete all actions.
7317B<W> I<expr> Add a global watch-expression.
7318B<W> Delete all watch-expressions.
7319B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]] List some (default all) variables in package (default current).
7320 Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps.
7321B<X> [I<vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\".
7322B<x> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, dumps the result.
7323B<m> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable
7324 on the first element of the result.
7325B<m> I<class> Prints methods callable via the given class.
7326
7327B<<> ? List Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7328B<<> I<expr> Define Perl command to run before each prompt.
7329B<<<> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7330B<>> ? List Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7331B<>> I<expr> Define Perl command to run after each prompt.
7332B<>>B<>> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7333B<{> I<db_command> Define debugger command to run before each prompt.
7334B<{> ? List debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7335B<{{> I<db_command> Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7336B<$prc> I<number> Redo a previous command (default previous command).
7337B<$prc> I<-number> Redo number'th-to-last command.
7338B<$prc> I<pattern> Redo last command that started with I<pattern>.
7339 See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too.
7340B<$psh$psh> I<cmd> Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)"
7341 . (
7342 $rc eq $sh
7343 ? ""
7344 : "
7345B<$psh> [I<cmd>] Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")."
7346 ) . "
7347 See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too.
7348B<source> I<file> Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest).
7349B<H> I<-number> Display last number commands (default all).
7350B<p> I<expr> Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package.
7351B<|>I<dbcmd> Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager.
7352B<||>I<dbcmd> Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well.
7353B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>] Define a command alias, or list current aliases.
7354I<command> Execute as a perl statement in current package.
7355B<v> Show versions of loaded modules.
7356B<R> Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state
7357 and command-line options may be lost.
7358 Currently the following settings are preserved:
7359 history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions
7360 and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>.
7361
7362B<O> [I<opt>] ... Set boolean option to true
7363B<O> [I<opt>B<?>] Query options
7364B<O> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ...
7365 Set options. Use quotes in spaces in value.
7366 I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang> chars used to recall command or spawn shell;
7367 I<pager> program for output of \"|cmd\";
7368 I<tkRunning> run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine);
7369 I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel> level of verbosity;
7370 I<inhibit_exit> Allows stepping off the end of the script.
7371 I<ImmediateStop> Debugger should stop as early as possible.
7372 I<RemotePort> Remote hostname:port for remote debugging
7373 The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands:
7374 I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth> print only first N elements ('' for all);
7375 I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact> change style of array and hash dump;
7376 I<globPrint> whether to print contents of globs;
7377 I<DumpDBFiles> dump arrays holding debugged files;
7378 I<DumpPackages> dump symbol tables of packages;
7379 I<DumpReused> dump contents of \"reused\" addresses;
7380 I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint> change style of string dump;
7381 I<bareStringify> Do not print the overload-stringified value;
7382 Other options include:
7383 I<PrintRet> affects printing of return value after B<r> command,
7384 I<frame> affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit.
7385 I<AutoTrace> affects printing messages on possible breaking points.
7386 I<maxTraceLen> gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace.
7387 I<ornaments> affects screen appearance of the command line.
7388 I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
7389 1: on fork() 2: debugger is started inside debugger
7390 4: on startup
7391 During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}.
7392 You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>,
7393 I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use
7394 `B<R>' after you set them).
7395
7396B<q> or B<^D> Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction.
7397B<h> [I<db_command>] Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page.
7398B<h h> Summary of debugger commands.
7399B<$doccmd> I<manpage> Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the
7400 named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted.
7401 Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer.
7402
7403Type `|h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read.
7404
7405"; # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}}
7406
7407 # note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful
7408 $pre580_summary = <<"END_SUM";
7409I<List/search source lines:> I<Control script execution:>
7410 B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>] List source code B<T> Stack trace
7411 B<-> or B<.> List previous/current line B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in expr]
7412 B<w> [I<line>] List around line B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subs
7413 B<f> I<filename> View source in file <B<CR>/B<Enter>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s>
7414 B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?> Search forw/backw B<r> Return from subroutine
7415 B<v> Show versions of modules B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>] Continue until position
7416I<Debugger controls:> B<L> List break/watch/actions
7417 B<O> [...] Set debugger options B<t> [I<expr>] Toggle trace [trace expr]
7418 B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint
7419 B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>] Redo a previous command B<d> [I<ln>] or B<D> Delete a/all breakpoints
7420 B<H> [I<-num>] Display last num commands B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd> Do cmd before line
7421 B<=> [I<a> I<val>] Define/list an alias B<W> I<expr> Add a watch expression
7422 B<h> [I<db_cmd>] Get help on command B<A> or B<W> Delete all actions/watch
7423 B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd> Send output to pager B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess
7424 B<q> or B<^D> Quit B<R> Attempt a restart
7425I<Data Examination:> B<expr> Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr>
7426 B<x>|B<m> I<expr> Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods.
7427 B<p> I<expr> Print expression (uses script's current package).
7428 B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>] List subroutine names [not] matching pattern
7429 B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]] List Variables in Package. Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern.
7430 B<X> [I<Vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\".
7431 B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>.
7432For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs.
7433END_SUM
7434
7435 # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching
7436
7437} ## end sub sethelp
7438
7439=head2 C<print_help()>
7440
7441Most of what C<print_help> does is just text formatting. It finds the
7442C<B> and C<I> ornaments, cleans them off, and substitutes the proper
7443terminal control characters to simulate them (courtesy of
7444C<Term::ReadLine::TermCap>).
7445
7446=cut
7447
7448sub print_help {
7449 local $_ = shift;
7450
7451 # Restore proper alignment destroyed by eeevil I<> and B<>
7452 # ornaments: A pox on both their houses!
7453 #
7454 # A help command will have everything up to and including
7455 # the first tab sequence padded into a field 16 (or if indented 20)
7456 # wide. If it's wider than that, an extra space will be added.
7457 s{
7458 ^ # only matters at start of line
7459 ( \040{4} | \t )* # some subcommands are indented
7460 ( < ? # so <CR> works
7461 [BI] < [^\t\n] + ) # find an eeevil ornament
7462 ( \t+ ) # original separation, discarded
7463 ( .* ) # this will now start (no earlier) than
7464 # column 16
7465 } {
7466 my($leadwhite, $command, $midwhite, $text) = ($1, $2, $3, $4);
7467 my $clean = $command;
7468 $clean =~ s/[BI]<([^>]*)>/$1/g;
7469
7470 # replace with this whole string:
7471 ($leadwhite ? " " x 4 : "")
7472 . $command
7473 . ((" " x (16 + ($leadwhite ? 4 : 0) - length($clean))) || " ")
7474 . $text;
7475
7476 }mgex;
7477
7478 s{ # handle bold ornaments
7479 B < ( [^>] + | > ) >
7480 } {
7481 $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[2]
7482 . $1
7483 . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[3]
7484 }gex;
7485
7486 s{ # handle italic ornaments
7487 I < ( [^>] + | > ) >
7488 } {
7489 $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[0]
7490 . $1
7491 . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[1]
7492 }gex;
7493
7494 local $\ = '';
7495 print $OUT $_;
7496} ## end sub print_help
7497
7498=head2 C<fix_less>
7499
7500This routine does a lot of gyrations to be sure that the pager is C<less>.
7501It checks for C<less> masquerading as C<more> and records the result in
7502C<$ENV{LESS}> so we don't have to go through doing the stats again.
7503
7504=cut
7505
7506sub fix_less {
7507
7508 # We already know if this is set.
7509 return if defined $ENV{LESS} && $ENV{LESS} =~ /r/;
7510
7511 # Pager is less for sure.
7512 my $is_less = $pager =~ /\bless\b/;
7513 if ( $pager =~ /\bmore\b/ ) {
7514
7515 # Nope, set to more. See what's out there.
7516 my @st_more = stat('/usr/bin/more');
7517 my @st_less = stat('/usr/bin/less');
7518
7519 # is it really less, pretending to be more?
7520 $is_less = @st_more
7521 && @st_less
7522 && $st_more[0] == $st_less[0]
7523 && $st_more[1] == $st_less[1];
7524 } ## end if ($pager =~ /\bmore\b/)
7525
7526 # changes environment!
7527 # 'r' added so we don't do (slow) stats again.
7528 $ENV{LESS} .= 'r' if $is_less;
7529} ## end sub fix_less
7530
7531=head1 DIE AND WARN MANAGEMENT
7532
7533=head2 C<diesignal>
7534
7535C<diesignal> is a just-drop-dead C<die> handler. It's most useful when trying
7536to debug a debugger problem.
7537
7538It does its best to report the error that occurred, and then forces the
7539program, debugger, and everything to die.
7540
7541=cut
7542
7543sub diesignal {
7544
7545 # No entry/exit messages.
7546 local $frame = 0;
7547
7548 # No return value prints.
7549 local $doret = -2;
7550
7551 # set the abort signal handling to the default (just terminate).
7552 $SIG{'ABRT'} = 'DEFAULT';
7553
7554 # If we enter the signal handler recursively, kill myself with an
7555 # abort signal (so we just terminate).
7556 kill 'ABRT', $$ if $panic++;
7557
7558 # If we can show detailed info, do so.
7559 if ( defined &Carp::longmess ) {
7560
7561 # Don't recursively enter the warn handler, since we're carping.
7562 local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7563
7564 # Skip two levels before reporting traceback: we're skipping
7565 # mydie and confess.
7566 local $Carp::CarpLevel = 2; # mydie + confess
7567
7568 # Tell us all about it.
7569 &warn( Carp::longmess("Signal @_") );
7570 }
7571
7572 # No Carp. Tell us about the signal as best we can.
7573 else {
7574 local $\ = '';
7575 print $DB::OUT "Got signal @_\n";
7576 }
7577
7578 # Drop dead.
7579 kill 'ABRT', $$;
7580} ## end sub diesignal
7581
7582=head2 C<dbwarn>
7583
7584The debugger's own default C<$SIG{__WARN__}> handler. We load C<Carp> to
7585be able to get a stack trace, and output the warning message vi C<DB::dbwarn()>.
7586
7587=cut
7588
7589sub dbwarn {
7590
7591 # No entry/exit trace.
7592 local $frame = 0;
7593
7594 # No return value printing.
7595 local $doret = -2;
7596
7597 # Turn off warn and die handling to prevent recursive entries to this
7598 # routine.
7599 local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7600 local $SIG{__DIE__} = '';
7601
7602 # Load Carp if we can. If $^S is false (current thing being compiled isn't
7603 # done yet), we may not be able to do a require.
7604 eval { require Carp }
7605 if defined $^S; # If error/warning during compilation,
7606 # require may be broken.
7607
7608 # Use the core warn() unless Carp loaded OK.
7609 CORE::warn( @_,
7610 "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack" ),
7611 return
7612 unless defined &Carp::longmess;
7613
7614 # Save the current values of $single and $trace, and then turn them off.
7615 my ( $mysingle, $mytrace ) = ( $single, $trace );
7616 $single = 0;
7617 $trace = 0;
7618
7619 # We can call Carp::longmess without its being "debugged" (which we
7620 # don't want - we just want to use it!). Capture this for later.
7621 my $mess = Carp::longmess(@_);
7622
7623 # Restore $single and $trace to their original values.
7624 ( $single, $trace ) = ( $mysingle, $mytrace );
7625
7626 # Use the debugger's own special way of printing warnings to print
7627 # the stack trace message.
7628 &warn($mess);
7629} ## end sub dbwarn
7630
7631=head2 C<dbdie>
7632
7633The debugger's own C<$SIG{__DIE__}> handler. Handles providing a stack trace
7634by loading C<Carp> and calling C<Carp::longmess()> to get it. We turn off
7635single stepping and tracing during the call to C<Carp::longmess> to avoid
7636debugging it - we just want to use it.
7637
7638If C<dieLevel> is zero, we let the program being debugged handle the
7639exceptions. If it's 1, you get backtraces for any exception. If it's 2,
7640the debugger takes over all exception handling, printing a backtrace and
7641displaying the exception via its C<dbwarn()> routine.
7642
7643=cut
7644
7645sub dbdie {
7646 local $frame = 0;
7647 local $doret = -2;
7648 local $SIG{__DIE__} = '';
7649 local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7650 my $i = 0;
7651 my $ineval = 0;
7652 my $sub;
7653 if ( $dieLevel > 2 ) {
7654 local $SIG{__WARN__} = \&dbwarn;
7655 &warn(@_); # Yell no matter what
7656 return;
7657 }
7658 if ( $dieLevel < 2 ) {
7659 die @_ if $^S; # in eval propagate
7660 }
7661
7662 # The code used to check $^S to see if compiliation of the current thing
7663 # hadn't finished. We don't do it anymore, figuring eval is pretty stable.
7664 eval { require Carp };
7665
7666 die( @_,
7667 "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack" )
7668 unless defined &Carp::longmess;
7669
7670 # We do not want to debug this chunk (automatic disabling works
7671 # inside DB::DB, but not in Carp). Save $single and $trace, turn them off,
7672 # get the stack trace from Carp::longmess (if possible), restore $signal
7673 # and $trace, and then die with the stack trace.
7674 my ( $mysingle, $mytrace ) = ( $single, $trace );
7675 $single = 0;
7676 $trace = 0;
7677 my $mess = "@_";
7678 {
7679
7680 package Carp; # Do not include us in the list
7681 eval { $mess = Carp::longmess(@_); };
7682 }
7683 ( $single, $trace ) = ( $mysingle, $mytrace );
7684 die $mess;
7685} ## end sub dbdie
7686
7687=head2 C<warnlevel()>
7688
7689Set the C<$DB::warnLevel> variable that stores the value of the
7690C<warnLevel> option. Calling C<warnLevel()> with a positive value
7691results in the debugger taking over all warning handlers. Setting
7692C<warnLevel> to zero leaves any warning handlers set up by the program
7693being debugged in place.
7694
7695=cut
7696
7697sub warnLevel {
7698 if (@_) {
7699 $prevwarn = $SIG{__WARN__} unless $warnLevel;
7700 $warnLevel = shift;
7701 if ($warnLevel) {
7702 $SIG{__WARN__} = \&DB::dbwarn;
7703 }
7704 elsif ($prevwarn) {
7705 $SIG{__WARN__} = $prevwarn;
7706 }
7707 } ## end if (@_)
7708 $warnLevel;
7709} ## end sub warnLevel
7710
7711=head2 C<dielevel>
7712
7713Similar to C<warnLevel>. Non-zero values for C<dieLevel> result in the
7714C<DB::dbdie()> function overriding any other C<die()> handler. Setting it to
7715zero lets you use your own C<die()> handler.
7716
7717=cut
7718
7719sub dieLevel {
7720 local $\ = '';
7721 if (@_) {
7722 $prevdie = $SIG{__DIE__} unless $dieLevel;
7723 $dieLevel = shift;
7724 if ($dieLevel) {
7725
7726 # Always set it to dbdie() for non-zero values.
7727 $SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::dbdie; # if $dieLevel < 2;
7728
7729 # No longer exists, so don't try to use it.
7730 #$SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::diehard if $dieLevel >= 2;
7731
7732 # If we've finished initialization, mention that stack dumps
7733 # are enabled, If dieLevel is 1, we won't stack dump if we die
7734 # in an eval().
7735 print $OUT "Stack dump during die enabled",
7736 ( $dieLevel == 1 ? " outside of evals" : "" ), ".\n"
7737 if $I_m_init;
7738
7739 # XXX This is probably obsolete, given that diehard() is gone.
7740 print $OUT "Dump printed too.\n" if $dieLevel > 2;
7741 } ## end if ($dieLevel)
7742
7743 # Put the old one back if there was one.
7744 elsif ($prevdie) {
7745 $SIG{__DIE__} = $prevdie;
7746 print $OUT "Default die handler restored.\n";
7747 }
7748 } ## end if (@_)
7749 $dieLevel;
7750} ## end sub dieLevel
7751
7752=head2 C<signalLevel>
7753
7754Number three in a series: set C<signalLevel> to zero to keep your own
7755signal handler for C<SIGSEGV> and/or C<SIGBUS>. Otherwise, the debugger
7756takes over and handles them with C<DB::diesignal()>.
7757
7758=cut
7759
7760sub signalLevel {
7761 if (@_) {
7762 $prevsegv = $SIG{SEGV} unless $signalLevel;
7763 $prevbus = $SIG{BUS} unless $signalLevel;
7764 $signalLevel = shift;
7765 if ($signalLevel) {
7766 $SIG{SEGV} = \&DB::diesignal;
7767 $SIG{BUS} = \&DB::diesignal;
7768 }
7769 else {
7770 $SIG{SEGV} = $prevsegv;
7771 $SIG{BUS} = $prevbus;
7772 }
7773 } ## end if (@_)
7774 $signalLevel;
7775} ## end sub signalLevel
7776
7777=head1 SUBROUTINE DECODING SUPPORT
7778
7779These subroutines are used during the C<x> and C<X> commands to try to
7780produce as much information as possible about a code reference. They use
7781L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob in which this code reference lives
7782(if it does) - this allows us to actually code references which correspond
7783to named subroutines (including those aliased via glob assignment).
7784
7785=head2 C<CvGV_name()>
7786
7787Wrapper for C<CvGV_name_or_bust>; tries to get the name of a reference
7788via that routine. If this fails, return the reference again (when the
7789reference is stringified, it'll come out as C<SOMETHING(0x...)>).
7790
7791=cut
7792
7793sub CvGV_name {
7794 my $in = shift;
7795 my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($in);
7796 defined $name ? $name : $in;
7797}
7798
7799=head2 C<CvGV_name_or_bust> I<coderef>
7800
7801Calls L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob the ref lives in; returns
7802C<undef> if L<Devel::Peek> can't be loaded, or if C<Devel::Peek::CvGV> can't
7803find a glob for this ref.
7804
7805Returns C<< I<package>::I<glob name> >> if the code ref is found in a glob.
7806
7807=cut
7808
7809sub CvGV_name_or_bust {
7810 my $in = shift;
7811 return if $skipCvGV; # Backdoor to avoid problems if XS broken...
7812 return unless ref $in;
7813 $in = \&$in; # Hard reference...
7814 eval { require Devel::Peek; 1 } or return;
7815 my $gv = Devel::Peek::CvGV($in) or return;
7816 *$gv{PACKAGE} . '::' . *$gv{NAME};
7817} ## end sub CvGV_name_or_bust
7818
7819=head2 C<find_sub>
7820
7821A utility routine used in various places; finds the file where a subroutine
7822was defined, and returns that filename and a line-number range.
7823
7824Tries to use C<@sub> first; if it can't find it there, it tries building a
7825reference to the subroutine and uses C<CvGV_name_or_bust> to locate it,
7826loading it into C<@sub> as a side effect (XXX I think). If it can't find it
7827this way, it brute-force searches C<%sub>, checking for identical references.
7828
7829=cut
7830
7831sub find_sub {
7832 my $subr = shift;
7833 $sub{$subr} or do {
7834 return unless defined &$subr;
7835 my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($subr);
7836 my $data;
7837 $data = $sub{$name} if defined $name;
7838 return $data if defined $data;
7839
7840 # Old stupid way...
7841 $subr = \&$subr; # Hard reference
7842 my $s;
7843 for ( keys %sub ) {
7844 $s = $_, last if $subr eq \&$_;
7845 }
7846 $sub{$s} if $s;
7847 } ## end do
7848} ## end sub find_sub
7849
7850=head2 C<methods>
7851
7852A subroutine that uses the utility function C<methods_via> to find all the
7853methods in the class corresponding to the current reference and in
7854C<UNIVERSAL>.
7855
7856=cut
7857
7858sub methods {
7859
7860 # Figure out the class - either this is the class or it's a reference
7861 # to something blessed into that class.
7862 my $class = shift;
7863 $class = ref $class if ref $class;
7864
7865 local %seen;
7866
7867 # Show the methods that this class has.
7868 methods_via( $class, '', 1 );
7869
7870 # Show the methods that UNIVERSAL has.
7871 methods_via( 'UNIVERSAL', 'UNIVERSAL', 0 );
7872} ## end sub methods
7873
7874=head2 C<methods_via($class, $prefix, $crawl_upward)>
7875
7876C<methods_via> does the work of crawling up the C<@ISA> tree and reporting
7877all the parent class methods. C<$class> is the name of the next class to
7878try; C<$prefix> is the message prefix, which gets built up as we go up the
7879C<@ISA> tree to show parentage; C<$crawl_upward> is 1 if we should try to go
7880higher in the C<@ISA> tree, 0 if we should stop.
7881
7882=cut
7883
7884sub methods_via {
7885
7886 # If we've processed this class already, just quit.
7887 my $class = shift;
7888 return if $seen{$class}++;
7889
7890 # This is a package that is contributing the methods we're about to print.
7891 my $prefix = shift;
7892 my $prepend = $prefix ? "via $prefix: " : '';
7893
7894 my $name;
7895 for $name (
7896
7897 # Keep if this is a defined subroutine in this class.
7898 grep { defined &{ ${"${class}::"}{$_} } }
7899
7900 # Extract from all the symbols in this class.
7901 sort keys %{"${class}::"}
7902 )
7903 {
7904
7905 # If we printed this already, skip it.
7906 next if $seen{$name}++;
7907
7908 # Print the new method name.
7909 local $\ = '';
7910 local $, = '';
7911 print $DB::OUT "$prepend$name\n";
7912 } ## end for $name (grep { defined...
7913
7914 # If the $crawl_upward argument is false, just quit here.
7915 return unless shift;
7916
7917 # $crawl_upward true: keep going up the tree.
7918 # Find all the classes this one is a subclass of.
7919 for $name ( @{"${class}::ISA"} ) {
7920
7921 # Set up the new prefix.
7922 $prepend = $prefix ? $prefix . " -> $name" : $name;
7923
7924 # Crawl up the tree and keep trying to crawl up.
7925 methods_via( $name, $prepend, 1 );
7926 }
7927} ## end sub methods_via
7928
7929=head2 C<setman> - figure out which command to use to show documentation
7930
7931Just checks the contents of C<$^O> and sets the C<$doccmd> global accordingly.
7932
7933=cut
7934
7935sub setman {
7936 $doccmd = $^O !~ /^(?:MSWin32|VMS|os2|dos|amigaos|riscos|MacOS|NetWare)\z/s
7937 ? "man" # O Happy Day!
7938 : "perldoc"; # Alas, poor unfortunates
7939} ## end sub setman
7940
7941=head2 C<runman> - run the appropriate command to show documentation
7942
7943Accepts a man page name; runs the appropriate command to display it (set up
7944during debugger initialization). Uses C<DB::system> to avoid mucking up the
7945program's STDIN and STDOUT.
7946
7947=cut
7948
7949sub runman {
7950 my $page = shift;
7951 unless ($page) {
7952 &system("$doccmd $doccmd");
7953 return;
7954 }
7955
7956 # this way user can override, like with $doccmd="man -Mwhatever"
7957 # or even just "man " to disable the path check.
7958 unless ( $doccmd eq 'man' ) {
7959 &system("$doccmd $page");
7960 return;
7961 }
7962
7963 $page = 'perl' if lc($page) eq 'help';
7964
7965 require Config;
7966 my $man1dir = $Config::Config{'man1dir'};
7967 my $man3dir = $Config::Config{'man3dir'};
7968 for ( $man1dir, $man3dir ) { s#/[^/]*\z## if /\S/ }
7969 my $manpath = '';
7970 $manpath .= "$man1dir:" if $man1dir =~ /\S/;
7971 $manpath .= "$man3dir:" if $man3dir =~ /\S/ && $man1dir ne $man3dir;
7972 chop $manpath if $manpath;
7973
7974 # harmless if missing, I figure
7975 my $oldpath = $ENV{MANPATH};
7976 $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath if $manpath;
7977 my $nopathopt = $^O =~ /dunno what goes here/;
7978 if (
7979 CORE::system(
7980 $doccmd,
7981
7982 # I just *know* there are men without -M
7983 ( ( $manpath && !$nopathopt ) ? ( "-M", $manpath ) : () ),
7984 split ' ', $page
7985 )
7986 )
7987 {
7988 unless ( $page =~ /^perl\w/ ) {
7989# do it this way because its easier to slurp in to keep up to date - clunky though.
7990my @pods = qw(
7991 5004delta
7992 5005delta
7993 561delta
7994 56delta
7995 570delta
7996 571delta
7997 572delta
7998 573delta
7999 58delta
8000 581delta
8001 582delta
8002 583delta
8003 584delta
8004 590delta
8005 591delta
8006 592delta
8007 aix
8008 amiga
8009 apio
8010 api
8011 apollo
8012 artistic
8013 beos
8014 book
8015 boot
8016 bot
8017 bs2000
8018 call
8019 ce
8020 cheat
8021 clib
8022 cn
8023 compile
8024 cygwin
8025 data
8026 dbmfilter
8027 debguts
8028 debtut
8029 debug
8030 delta
8031 dgux
8032 diag
8033 doc
8034 dos
8035 dsc
8036 ebcdic
8037 embed
8038 epoc
8039 faq1
8040 faq2
8041 faq3
8042 faq4
8043 faq5
8044 faq6
8045 faq7
8046 faq8
8047 faq9
8048 faq
8049 filter
8050 fork
8051 form
8052 freebsd
8053 func
8054 gpl
8055 guts
8056 hack
8057 hist
8058 hpux
8059 hurd
8060 intern
8061 intro
8062 iol
8063 ipc
8064 irix
8065 jp
8066 ko
8067 lexwarn
8068 locale
8069 lol
8070 machten
8071 macos
8072 macosx
8073 mint
8074 modinstall
8075 modlib
8076 mod
8077 modstyle
8078 mpeix
8079 netware
8080 newmod
8081 number
8082 obj
8083 opentut
8084 op
8085 os2
8086 os390
8087 os400
8088 othrtut
8089 packtut
8090 plan9
8091 pod
8092 podspec
8093 port
8094 qnx
8095 ref
8096 reftut
8097 re
8098 requick
8099 reref
8100 retut
8101 run
8102 sec
8103 solaris
8104 style
8105 sub
8106 syn
8107 thrtut
8108 tie
8109 toc
8110 todo
8111 tooc
8112 toot
8113 trap
8114 tru64
8115 tw
8116 unicode
8117 uniintro
8118 util
8119 uts
8120 var
8121 vmesa
8122 vms
8123 vos
8124 win32
8125 xs
8126 xstut
8127);
8128 if (grep { $page eq $_ } @pods) {
8129 $page =~ s/^/perl/;
8130 CORE::system( $doccmd,
8131 ( ( $manpath && !$nopathopt ) ? ( "-M", $manpath ) : () ),
8132 $page );
8133 } ## end if (grep { $page eq $_...
8134 } ## end unless ($page =~ /^perl\w/)
8135 } ## end if (CORE::system($doccmd...
8136 if ( defined $oldpath ) {
8137 $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath;
8138 }
8139 else {
8140 delete $ENV{MANPATH};
8141 }
8142} ## end sub runman
8143
8144#use Carp; # This did break, left for debugging
8145
8146=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION - THE SECOND BEGIN BLOCK
8147
8148Because of the way the debugger interface to the Perl core is designed, any
8149debugger package globals that C<DB::sub()> requires have to be defined before
8150any subroutines can be called. These are defined in the second C<BEGIN> block.
8151
8152This block sets things up so that (basically) the world is sane
8153before the debugger starts executing. We set up various variables that the
8154debugger has to have set up before the Perl core starts running:
8155
8156=over 4
8157
8158=item *
8159
8160The debugger's own filehandles (copies of STD and STDOUT for now).
8161
8162=item *
8163
8164Characters for shell escapes, the recall command, and the history command.
8165
8166=item *
8167
8168The maximum recursion depth.
8169
8170=item *
8171
8172The size of a C<w> command's window.
8173
8174=item *
8175
8176The before-this-line context to be printed in a C<v> (view a window around this line) command.
8177
8178=item *
8179
8180The fact that we're not in a sub at all right now.
8181
8182=item *
8183
8184The default SIGINT handler for the debugger.
8185
8186=item *
8187
8188The appropriate value of the flag in C<$^D> that says the debugger is running
8189
8190=item *
8191
8192The current debugger recursion level
8193
8194=item *
8195
8196The list of postponed items and the C<$single> stack (XXX define this)
8197
8198=item *
8199
8200That we want no return values and no subroutine entry/exit trace.
8201
8202=back
8203
8204=cut
8205
8206# The following BEGIN is very handy if debugger goes havoc, debugging debugger?
8207
8208BEGIN { # This does not compile, alas. (XXX eh?)
8209 $IN = \*STDIN; # For bugs before DB::OUT has been opened
8210 $OUT = \*STDERR; # For errors before DB::OUT has been opened
8211
8212 # Define characters used by command parsing.
8213 $sh = '!'; # Shell escape (does not work)
8214 $rc = ','; # Recall command (does not work)
8215 @hist = ('?'); # Show history (does not work)
8216 @truehist = (); # Can be saved for replay (per session)
8217
8218 # This defines the point at which you get the 'deep recursion'
8219 # warning. It MUST be defined or the debugger will not load.
8220 $deep = 100;
8221
8222 # Number of lines around the current one that are shown in the
8223 # 'w' command.
8224 $window = 10;
8225
8226 # How much before-the-current-line context the 'v' command should
8227 # use in calculating the start of the window it will display.
8228 $preview = 3;
8229
8230 # We're not in any sub yet, but we need this to be a defined value.
8231 $sub = '';
8232
8233 # Set up the debugger's interrupt handler. It simply sets a flag
8234 # ($signal) that DB::DB() will check before each command is executed.
8235 $SIG{INT} = \&DB::catch;
8236
8237 # The following lines supposedly, if uncommented, allow the debugger to
8238 # debug itself. Perhaps we can try that someday.
8239 # This may be enabled to debug debugger:
8240 #$warnLevel = 1 unless defined $warnLevel;
8241 #$dieLevel = 1 unless defined $dieLevel;
8242 #$signalLevel = 1 unless defined $signalLevel;
8243
8244 # This is the flag that says "a debugger is running, please call
8245 # DB::DB and DB::sub". We will turn it on forcibly before we try to
8246 # execute anything in the user's context, because we always want to
8247 # get control back.
8248 $db_stop = 0; # Compiler warning ...
8249 $db_stop = 1 << 30; # ... because this is only used in an eval() later.
8250
8251 # This variable records how many levels we're nested in debugging. Used
8252 # Used in the debugger prompt, and in determining whether it's all over or
8253 # not.
8254 $level = 0; # Level of recursive debugging
8255
8256 # "Triggers bug (?) in perl if we postpone this until runtime."
8257 # XXX No details on this yet, or whether we should fix the bug instead
8258 # of work around it. Stay tuned.
8259 @postponed = @stack = (0);
8260
8261 # Used to track the current stack depth using the auto-stacked-variable
8262 # trick.
8263 $stack_depth = 0; # Localized repeatedly; simple way to track $#stack
8264
8265 # Don't print return values on exiting a subroutine.
8266 $doret = -2;
8267
8268 # No extry/exit tracing.
8269 $frame = 0;
8270
8271} ## end BEGIN
8272
8273BEGIN { $^W = $ini_warn; } # Switch warnings back
8274
8275=head1 READLINE SUPPORT - COMPLETION FUNCTION
8276
8277=head2 db_complete
8278
8279C<readline> support - adds command completion to basic C<readline>.
8280
8281Returns a list of possible completions to C<readline> when invoked. C<readline>
8282will print the longest common substring following the text already entered.
8283
8284If there is only a single possible completion, C<readline> will use it in full.
8285
8286This code uses C<map> and C<grep> heavily to create lists of possible
8287completion. Think LISP in this section.
8288
8289=cut
8290
8291sub db_complete {
8292
8293 # Specific code for b c l V m f O, &blah, $blah, @blah, %blah
8294 # $text is the text to be completed.
8295 # $line is the incoming line typed by the user.
8296 # $start is the start of the text to be completed in the incoming line.
8297 my ( $text, $line, $start ) = @_;
8298
8299 # Save the initial text.
8300 # The search pattern is current package, ::, extract the next qualifier
8301 # Prefix and pack are set to undef.
8302 my ( $itext, $search, $prefix, $pack ) =
8303 ( $text, "^\Q${'package'}::\E([^:]+)\$" );
8304
8305=head3 C<b postpone|compile>
8306
8307=over 4
8308
8309=item *
8310
8311Find all the subroutines that might match in this package
8312
8313=item *
8314
8315Add C<postpone>, C<load>, and C<compile> as possibles (we may be completing the keyword itself)
8316
8317=item *
8318
8319Include all the rest of the subs that are known
8320
8321=item *
8322
8323C<grep> out the ones that match the text we have so far
8324
8325=item *
8326
8327Return this as the list of possible completions
8328
8329=back
8330
8331=cut
8332
8333 return sort grep /^\Q$text/, ( keys %sub ),
8334 qw(postpone load compile), # subroutines
8335 ( map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () } keys %sub )
8336 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[blc]\s+((postpone|compile)\s+)?$/;
8337
8338=head3 C<b load>
8339
8340Get all the possible files from C<@INC> as it currently stands and
8341select the ones that match the text so far.
8342
8343=cut
8344
8345 return sort grep /^\Q$text/, values %INC # files
8346 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*b\s+load\s+$/;
8347
8348=head3 C<V> (list variable) and C<m> (list modules)
8349
8350There are two entry points for these commands:
8351
8352=head4 Unqualified package names
8353
8354Get the top-level packages and grab everything that matches the text
8355so far. For each match, recursively complete the partial packages to
8356get all possible matching packages. Return this sorted list.
8357
8358=cut
8359
8360 return sort map { ( $_, db_complete( $_ . "::", "V ", 2 ) ) }
8361 grep /^\Q$text/, map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ($1) : () } keys %:: # top-packages
8362 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/ and $text =~ /^\w*$/;
8363
8364=head4 Qualified package names
8365
8366Take a partially-qualified package and find all subpackages for it
8367by getting all the subpackages for the package so far, matching all
8368the subpackages against the text, and discarding all of them which
8369start with 'main::'. Return this list.
8370
8371=cut
8372
8373 return sort map { ( $_, db_complete( $_ . "::", "V ", 2 ) ) }
8374 grep !/^main::/, grep /^\Q$text/,
8375 map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ( $prefix . "::$1" ) : () } keys %{ $prefix . '::' }
8376 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/
8377 and $text =~ /^(.*[^:])::?(\w*)$/
8378 and $prefix = $1;
8379
8380=head3 C<f> - switch files
8381
8382Here, we want to get a fully-qualified filename for the C<f> command.
8383Possibilities are:
8384
8385=over 4
8386
8387=item 1. The original source file itself
8388
8389=item 2. A file from C<@INC>
8390
8391=item 3. An C<eval> (the debugger gets a C<(eval N)> fake file for each C<eval>).
8392
8393=back
8394
8395=cut
8396
8397 if ( $line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/ ) { # Loaded files
8398 # We might possibly want to switch to an eval (which has a "filename"
8399 # like '(eval 9)'), so we may need to clean up the completion text
8400 # before proceeding.
8401 $prefix = length($1) - length($text);
8402 $text = $1;
8403
8404=pod
8405
8406Under the debugger, source files are represented as C<_E<lt>/fullpath/to/file>
8407(C<eval>s are C<_E<lt>(eval NNN)>) keys in C<%main::>. We pull all of these
8408out of C<%main::>, add the initial source file, and extract the ones that
8409match the completion text so far.
8410
8411=cut
8412
8413 return sort
8414 map { substr $_, 2 + $prefix } grep /^_<\Q$text/, ( keys %main:: ),
8415 $0;
8416 } ## end if ($line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/)
8417
8418=head3 Subroutine name completion
8419
8420We look through all of the defined subs (the keys of C<%sub>) and
8421return both all the possible matches to the subroutine name plus
8422all the matches qualified to the current package.
8423
8424=cut
8425
8426 if ( ( substr $text, 0, 1 ) eq '&' ) { # subroutines
8427 $text = substr $text, 1;
8428 $prefix = "&";
8429 return sort map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, ( keys %sub ),
8430 (
8431 map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () }
8432 keys %sub
8433 );
8434 } ## end if ((substr $text, 0, ...
8435
8436=head3 Scalar, array, and hash completion: partially qualified package
8437
8438Much like the above, except we have to do a little more cleanup:
8439
8440=cut
8441
8442 if ( $text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/ ) { # symbols in a package
8443
8444=pod
8445
8446=over 4
8447
8448=item *
8449
8450Determine the package that the symbol is in. Put it in C<::> (effectively C<main::>) if no package is specified.
8451
8452=cut
8453
8454 $pack = ( $1 eq 'main' ? '' : $1 ) . '::';
8455
8456=pod
8457
8458=item *
8459
8460Figure out the prefix vs. what needs completing.
8461
8462=cut
8463
8464 $prefix = ( substr $text, 0, 1 ) . $1 . '::';
8465 $text = $2;
8466
8467=pod
8468
8469=item *
8470
8471Look through all the symbols in the package. C<grep> out all the possible hashes/arrays/scalars, and then C<grep> the possible matches out of those. C<map> the prefix onto all the possibilities.
8472
8473=cut
8474
8475 my @out = map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/,
8476 keys %$pack;
8477
8478=pod
8479
8480=item *
8481
8482If there's only one hit, and it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, re-complete it using the symbol we actually found.
8483
8484=cut
8485
8486 if ( @out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext ) {
8487 return db_complete( $out[0], $line, $start );
8488 }
8489
8490 # Return the list of possibles.
8491 return sort @out;
8492
8493 } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/)
8494
8495=pod
8496
8497=back
8498
8499=head3 Symbol completion: current package or package C<main>.
8500
8501=cut
8502
8503 if ( $text =~ /^[\$@%]/ ) { # symbols (in $package + packages in main)
8504
8505=pod
8506
8507=over 4
8508
8509=item *
8510
8511If it's C<main>, delete main to just get C<::> leading.
8512
8513=cut
8514
8515 $pack = ( $package eq 'main' ? '' : $package ) . '::';
8516
8517=pod
8518
8519=item *
8520
8521We set the prefix to the item's sigil, and trim off the sigil to get the text to be completed.
8522
8523=cut
8524
8525 $prefix = substr $text, 0, 1;
8526 $text = substr $text, 1;
8527
8528=pod
8529
8530=item *
8531
8532If the package is C<::> (C<main>), create an empty list; if it's something else, create a list of all the packages known. Append whichever list to a list of all the possible symbols in the current package. C<grep> out the matches to the text entered so far, then C<map> the prefix back onto the symbols.
8533
8534=cut
8535
8536 my @out = map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/,
8537 ( grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/, keys %$pack ),
8538 ( $pack eq '::' ? () : ( grep /::$/, keys %:: ) );
8539
8540=item *
8541
8542If there's only one hit, it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, recomplete using this symbol.
8543
8544=back
8545
8546=cut
8547
8548 if ( @out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext ) {
8549 return db_complete( $out[0], $line, $start );
8550 }
8551
8552 # Return the list of possibles.
8553 return sort @out;
8554 } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%]/)
8555
8556=head3 Options
8557
8558We use C<option_val()> to look up the current value of the option. If there's
8559only a single value, we complete the command in such a way that it is a
8560complete command for setting the option in question. If there are multiple
8561possible values, we generate a command consisting of the option plus a trailing
8562question mark, which, if executed, will list the current value of the option.
8563
8564=cut
8565
8566 if ( ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[oO]\b.*\s$/ )
8567 { # Options after space
8568 # We look for the text to be matched in the list of possible options,
8569 # and fetch the current value.
8570 my @out = grep /^\Q$text/, @options;
8571 my $val = option_val( $out[0], undef );
8572
8573 # Set up a 'query option's value' command.
8574 my $out = '? ';
8575 if ( not defined $val or $val =~ /[\n\r]/ ) {
8576
8577 # There's really nothing else we can do.
8578 }
8579
8580 # We have a value. Create a proper option-setting command.
8581 elsif ( $val =~ /\s/ ) {
8582
8583 # XXX This may be an extraneous variable.
8584 my $found;
8585
8586 # We'll want to quote the string (because of the embedded
8587 # whtespace), but we want to make sure we don't end up with
8588 # mismatched quote characters. We try several possibilities.
8589 foreach $l ( split //, qq/\"\'\#\|/ ) {
8590
8591 # If we didn't find this quote character in the value,
8592 # quote it using this quote character.
8593 $out = "$l$val$l ", last if ( index $val, $l ) == -1;
8594 }
8595 } ## end elsif ($val =~ /\s/)
8596
8597 # Don't need any quotes.
8598 else {
8599 $out = "=$val ";
8600 }
8601
8602 # If there were multiple possible values, return '? ', which
8603 # makes the command into a query command. If there was just one,
8604 # have readline append that.
8605 $rl_attribs->{completer_terminator_character} =
8606 ( @out == 1 ? $out : '? ' );
8607
8608 # Return list of possibilities.
8609 return sort @out;
8610 } ## end if ((substr $line, 0, ...
8611
8612=head3 Filename completion
8613
8614For entering filenames. We simply call C<readline>'s C<filename_list()>
8615method with the completion text to get the possible completions.
8616
8617=cut
8618
8619 return $term->filename_list($text); # filenames
8620
8621} ## end sub db_complete
8622
8623=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORT FUNCTIONS
8624
8625Functions that possibly ought to be somewhere else.
8626
8627=head2 end_report
8628
8629Say we're done.
8630
8631=cut
8632
8633sub end_report {
8634 local $\ = '';
8635 print $OUT "Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart. `h q' for details.\n";
8636}
8637
8638=head2 clean_ENV
8639
8640If we have $ini_pids, save it in the environment; else remove it from the
8641environment. Used by the C<R> (restart) command.
8642
8643=cut
8644
8645sub clean_ENV {
8646 if ( defined($ini_pids) ) {
8647 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids;
8648 }
8649 else {
8650 delete( $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} );
8651 }
8652} ## end sub clean_ENV
8653
8654# PERLDBf_... flag names from perl.h
8655our ( %DollarCaretP_flags, %DollarCaretP_flags_r );
8656
8657BEGIN {
8658 %DollarCaretP_flags = (
8659 PERLDBf_SUB => 0x01, # Debug sub enter/exit
8660 PERLDBf_LINE => 0x02, # Keep line #
8661 PERLDBf_NOOPT => 0x04, # Switch off optimizations
8662 PERLDBf_INTER => 0x08, # Preserve more data
8663 PERLDBf_SUBLINE => 0x10, # Keep subr source lines
8664 PERLDBf_SINGLE => 0x20, # Start with single-step on
8665 PERLDBf_NONAME => 0x40, # For _SUB: no name of the subr
8666 PERLDBf_GOTO => 0x80, # Report goto: call DB::goto
8667 PERLDBf_NAMEEVAL => 0x100, # Informative names for evals
8668 PERLDBf_NAMEANON => 0x200, # Informative names for anon subs
8669 PERLDBf_ASSERTION => 0x400, # Debug assertion subs enter/exit
8670 PERLDB_ALL => 0x33f, # No _NONAME, _GOTO, _ASSERTION
8671 );
8672
8673 %DollarCaretP_flags_r = reverse %DollarCaretP_flags;
8674}
8675
8676sub parse_DollarCaretP_flags {
8677 my $flags = shift;
8678 $flags =~ s/^\s+//;
8679 $flags =~ s/\s+$//;
8680 my $acu = 0;
8681 foreach my $f ( split /\s*\|\s*/, $flags ) {
8682 my $value;
8683 if ( $f =~ /^0x([[:xdigit:]]+)$/ ) {
8684 $value = hex $1;
8685 }
8686 elsif ( $f =~ /^(\d+)$/ ) {
8687 $value = int $1;
8688 }
8689 elsif ( $f =~ /^DEFAULT$/i ) {
8690 $value = $DollarCaretP_flags{PERLDB_ALL};
8691 }
8692 else {
8693 $f =~ /^(?:PERLDBf_)?(.*)$/i;
8694 $value = $DollarCaretP_flags{ 'PERLDBf_' . uc($1) };
8695 unless ( defined $value ) {
8696 print $OUT (
8697 "Unrecognized \$^P flag '$f'!\n",
8698 "Acceptable flags are: "
8699 . join( ', ', sort keys %DollarCaretP_flags ),
8700 ", and hexadecimal and decimal numbers.\n"
8701 );
8702 return undef;
8703 }
8704 }
8705 $acu |= $value;
8706 }
8707 $acu;
8708}
8709
8710sub expand_DollarCaretP_flags {
8711 my $DollarCaretP = shift;
8712 my @bits = (
8713 map {
8714 my $n = ( 1 << $_ );
8715 ( $DollarCaretP & $n )
8716 ? ( $DollarCaretP_flags_r{$n}
8717 || sprintf( '0x%x', $n ) )
8718 : ()
8719 } 0 .. 31
8720 );
8721 return @bits ? join( '|', @bits ) : 0;
8722}
8723
8724=over 4
8725
8726=item rerun
8727
8728Rerun the current session to:
8729
8730 rerun current position
8731
8732 rerun 4 command number 4
8733
8734 rerun -4 current command minus 4 (go back 4 steps)
8735
8736Whether this always makes sense, in the current context is unknowable, and is
8737in part left as a useful exersize for the reader. This sub returns the
8738appropriate arguments to rerun the current session.
8739
8740=cut
8741
8742sub rerun {
8743 my $i = shift;
8744 my @args;
8745 pop(@truehist); # strim
8746 unless (defined $truehist[$i]) {
8747 print "Unable to return to non-existent command: $i\n";
8748 } else {
8749 $#truehist = ($i < 0 ? $#truehist + $i : $i > 0 ? $i : $#truehist);
8750 my @temp = @truehist; # store
8751 push(@DB::typeahead, @truehist); # saved
8752 @truehist = @hist = (); # flush
8753 @args = &restart(); # setup
8754 &get_list("PERLDB_HIST"); # clean
8755 &set_list("PERLDB_HIST", @temp); # reset
8756 }
8757 return @args;
8758}
8759
8760=item restart
8761
8762Restarting the debugger is a complex operation that occurs in several phases.
8763First, we try to reconstruct the command line that was used to invoke Perl
8764and the debugger.
8765
8766=cut
8767
8768sub restart {
8769 # I may not be able to resurrect you, but here goes ...
8770 print $OUT
8771"Warning: some settings and command-line options may be lost!\n";
8772 my ( @script, @flags, $cl );
8773
8774 # If warn was on before, turn it on again.
8775 push @flags, '-w' if $ini_warn;
8776 if ( $ini_assertion and @{^ASSERTING} ) {
8777 push @flags,
8778 ( map { /\:\^\(\?\:(.*)\)\$\)/ ? "-A$1" : "-A$_" }
8779 @{^ASSERTING} );
8780 }
8781
8782 # Rebuild the -I flags that were on the initial
8783 # command line.
8784 for (@ini_INC) {
8785 push @flags, '-I', $_;
8786 }
8787
8788 # Turn on taint if it was on before.
8789 push @flags, '-T' if ${^TAINT};
8790
8791 # Arrange for setting the old INC:
8792 # Save the current @init_INC in the environment.
8793 set_list( "PERLDB_INC", @ini_INC );
8794
8795 # If this was a perl one-liner, go to the "file"
8796 # corresponding to the one-liner read all the lines
8797 # out of it (except for the first one, which is going
8798 # to be added back on again when 'perl -d' runs: that's
8799 # the 'require perl5db.pl;' line), and add them back on
8800 # to the command line to be executed.
8801 if ( $0 eq '-e' ) {
8802 for ( 1 .. $#{'::_<-e'} ) { # The first line is PERL5DB
8803 chomp( $cl = ${'::_<-e'}[$_] );
8804 push @script, '-e', $cl;
8805 }
8806 } ## end if ($0 eq '-e')
8807
8808 # Otherwise we just reuse the original name we had
8809 # before.
8810 else {
8811 @script = $0;
8812 }
8813
8814=pod
8815
8816After the command line has been reconstructed, the next step is to save
8817the debugger's status in environment variables. The C<DB::set_list> routine
8818is used to save aggregate variables (both hashes and arrays); scalars are
8819just popped into environment variables directly.
8820
8821=cut
8822
8823 # If the terminal supported history, grab it and
8824 # save that in the environment.
8825 set_list( "PERLDB_HIST",
8826 $term->Features->{getHistory}
8827 ? $term->GetHistory
8828 : @hist );
8829
8830 # Find all the files that were visited during this
8831 # session (i.e., the debugger had magic hashes
8832 # corresponding to them) and stick them in the environment.
8833 my @had_breakpoints = keys %had_breakpoints;
8834 set_list( "PERLDB_VISITED", @had_breakpoints );
8835
8836 # Save the debugger options we chose.
8837 set_list( "PERLDB_OPT", %option );
8838 # set_list( "PERLDB_OPT", options2remember() );
8839
8840 # Save the break-on-loads.
8841 set_list( "PERLDB_ON_LOAD", %break_on_load );
8842
8843=pod
8844
8845The most complex part of this is the saving of all of the breakpoints. They
8846can live in an awful lot of places, and we have to go through all of them,
8847find the breakpoints, and then save them in the appropriate environment
8848variable via C<DB::set_list>.
8849
8850=cut
8851
8852 # Go through all the breakpoints and make sure they're
8853 # still valid.
8854 my @hard;
8855 for ( 0 .. $#had_breakpoints ) {
8856
8857 # We were in this file.
8858 my $file = $had_breakpoints[$_];
8859
8860 # Grab that file's magic line hash.
8861 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
8862
8863 # Skip out if it doesn't exist, or if the breakpoint
8864 # is in a postponed file (we'll do postponed ones
8865 # later).
8866 next unless %dbline or $postponed_file{$file};
8867
8868 # In an eval. This is a little harder, so we'll
8869 # do more processing on that below.
8870 ( push @hard, $file ), next
8871 if $file =~ /^\(\w*eval/;
8872
8873 # XXX I have no idea what this is doing. Yet.
8874 my @add;
8875 @add = %{ $postponed_file{$file} }
8876 if $postponed_file{$file};
8877
8878 # Save the list of all the breakpoints for this file.
8879 set_list( "PERLDB_FILE_$_", %dbline, @add );
8880 } ## end for (0 .. $#had_breakpoints)
8881
8882 # The breakpoint was inside an eval. This is a little
8883 # more difficult. XXX and I don't understand it.
8884 for (@hard) {
8885 # Get over to the eval in question.
8886 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $_ };
8887 my ( $quoted, $sub, %subs, $line ) = quotemeta $_;
8888 for $sub ( keys %sub ) {
8889 next unless $sub{$sub} =~ /^$quoted:(\d+)-(\d+)$/;
8890 $subs{$sub} = [ $1, $2 ];
8891 }
8892 unless (%subs) {
8893 print $OUT
8894 "No subroutines in $_, ignoring breakpoints.\n";
8895 next;
8896 }
8897 LINES: for $line ( keys %dbline ) {
8898
8899 # One breakpoint per sub only:
8900 my ( $offset, $sub, $found );
8901 SUBS: for $sub ( keys %subs ) {
8902 if (
8903 $subs{$sub}->[1] >=
8904 $line # Not after the subroutine
8905 and (
8906 not defined $offset # Not caught
8907 or $offset < 0
8908 )
8909 )
8910 { # or badly caught
8911 $found = $sub;
8912 $offset = $line - $subs{$sub}->[0];
8913 $offset = "+$offset", last SUBS
8914 if $offset >= 0;
8915 } ## end if ($subs{$sub}->[1] >=...
8916 } ## end for $sub (keys %subs)
8917 if ( defined $offset ) {
8918 $postponed{$found} =
8919 "break $offset if $dbline{$line}";
8920 }
8921 else {
8922 print $OUT
8923"Breakpoint in $_:$line ignored: after all the subroutines.\n";
8924 }
8925 } ## end for $line (keys %dbline)
8926 } ## end for (@hard)
8927
8928 # Save the other things that don't need to be
8929 # processed.
8930 set_list( "PERLDB_POSTPONE", %postponed );
8931 set_list( "PERLDB_PRETYPE", @$pretype );
8932 set_list( "PERLDB_PRE", @$pre );
8933 set_list( "PERLDB_POST", @$post );
8934 set_list( "PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead );
8935
8936 # We are oficially restarting.
8937 $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART} = 1;
8938
8939 # We are junking all child debuggers.
8940 delete $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS}; # Restore ini state
8941
8942 # Set this back to the initial pid.
8943 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids if defined $ini_pids;
8944
8945=pod
8946
8947After all the debugger status has been saved, we take the command we built up
8948and then return it, so we can C<exec()> it. The debugger will spot the
8949C<PERLDB_RESTART> environment variable and realize it needs to reload its state
8950from the environment.
8951
8952=cut
8953
8954 # And run Perl again. Add the "-d" flag, all the
8955 # flags we built up, the script (whether a one-liner
8956 # or a file), add on the -emacs flag for a slave editor,
8957 # and then the old arguments.
8958
8959 return ($^X, '-d', @flags, @script, ($slave_editor ? '-emacs' : ()), @ARGS);
8960
8961}; # end restart
8962
8963=back
8964
8965=head1 END PROCESSING - THE C<END> BLOCK
8966
8967Come here at the very end of processing. We want to go into a
8968loop where we allow the user to enter commands and interact with the
8969debugger, but we don't want anything else to execute.
8970
8971First we set the C<$finished> variable, so that some commands that
8972shouldn't be run after the end of program quit working.
8973
8974We then figure out whether we're truly done (as in the user entered a C<q>
8975command, or we finished execution while running nonstop). If we aren't,
8976we set C<$single> to 1 (causing the debugger to get control again).
8977
8978We then call C<DB::fake::at_exit()>, which returns the C<Use 'q' to quit ...>
8979message and returns control to the debugger. Repeat.
8980
8981When the user finally enters a C<q> command, C<$fall_off_end> is set to
89821 and the C<END> block simply exits with C<$single> set to 0 (don't
8983break, run to completion.).
8984
8985=cut
8986
8987END {
8988 $finished = 1 if $inhibit_exit; # So that some commands may be disabled.
8989 $fall_off_end = 1 unless $inhibit_exit;
8990
8991 # Do not stop in at_exit() and destructors on exit:
8992 $DB::single = !$fall_off_end && !$runnonstop;
8993 DB::fake::at_exit() unless $fall_off_end or $runnonstop;
8994} ## end END
8995
8996=head1 PRE-5.8 COMMANDS
8997
8998Some of the commands changed function quite a bit in the 5.8 command
8999realignment, so much so that the old code had to be replaced completely.
9000Because we wanted to retain the option of being able to go back to the
9001former command set, we moved the old code off to this section.
9002
9003There's an awful lot of duplicated code here. We've duplicated the
9004comments to keep things clear.
9005
9006=head2 Null command
9007
9008Does nothing. Used to I<turn off> commands.
9009
9010=cut
9011
9012sub cmd_pre580_null {
9013
9014 # do nothing...
9015}
9016
9017=head2 Old C<a> command.
9018
9019This version added actions if you supplied them, and deleted them
9020if you didn't.
9021
9022=cut
9023
9024sub cmd_pre580_a {
9025 my $xcmd = shift;
9026 my $cmd = shift;
9027
9028 # Argument supplied. Add the action.
9029 if ( $cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9030
9031 # If the line isn't there, use the current line.
9032 $i = $1 || $line;
9033 $j = $2;
9034
9035 # If there is an action ...
9036 if ( length $j ) {
9037
9038 # ... but the line isn't breakable, skip it.
9039 if ( $dbline[$i] == 0 ) {
9040 print $OUT "Line $i may not have an action.\n";
9041 }
9042 else {
9043
9044 # ... and the line is breakable:
9045 # Mark that there's an action in this file.
9046 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2;
9047
9048 # Delete any current action.
9049 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
9050
9051 # Add the new action, continuing the line as needed.
9052 $dbline{$i} .= "\0" . action($j);
9053 }
9054 } ## end if (length $j)
9055
9056 # No action supplied.
9057 else {
9058
9059 # Delete the action.
9060 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
9061
9062 # Mark as having no break or action if nothing's left.
9063 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
9064 }
9065 } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/)
9066} ## end sub cmd_pre580_a
9067
9068=head2 Old C<b> command
9069
9070Add breakpoints.
9071
9072=cut
9073
9074sub cmd_pre580_b {
9075 my $xcmd = shift;
9076 my $cmd = shift;
9077 my $dbline = shift;
9078
9079 # Break on load.
9080 if ( $cmd =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/ ) {
9081 my $file = $1;
9082 $file =~ s/\s+$//;
9083 &cmd_b_load($file);
9084 }
9085
9086 # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>]
9087 # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the
9088 # necessary condition in the %postponed hash.
9089 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9090
9091 # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none.
9092 my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1';
9093
9094 # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0
9095 # if it was 'compile'.
9096 my ( $subname, $break ) = ( $2, $1 eq 'postpone' );
9097
9098 # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::.
9099 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
9100
9101 # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified.
9102 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname
9103 unless $subname =~ /::/;
9104
9105 # Add main if it starts with ::.
9106 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
9107
9108 # Save the break type for this sub.
9109 $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile";
9110 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ ...
9111
9112 # b <sub name> [<condition>]
9113 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9114 my $subname = $1;
9115 my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
9116 &cmd_b_sub( $subname, $cond );
9117 }
9118
9119 # b <line> [<condition>].
9120 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9121 my $i = $1 || $dbline;
9122 my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
9123 &cmd_b_line( $i, $cond );
9124 }
9125} ## end sub cmd_pre580_b
9126
9127=head2 Old C<D> command.
9128
9129Delete all breakpoints unconditionally.
9130
9131=cut
9132
9133sub cmd_pre580_D {
9134 my $xcmd = shift;
9135 my $cmd = shift;
9136 if ( $cmd =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
9137 print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n";
9138
9139 # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one
9140 # breakpoint in it.
9141 my $file;
9142 for $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
9143
9144 # Switch to the desired file temporarily.
9145 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
9146
9147 my $max = $#dbline;
9148 my $was;
9149
9150 # For all lines in this file ...
9151 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
9152
9153 # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ...
9154 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
9155
9156 # ... remove the breakpoint.
9157 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//;
9158 if ( $dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$// ) {
9159
9160 # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there.
9161 delete $dbline{$i};
9162 }
9163 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
9164 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
9165
9166 # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file"
9167 # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero,
9168 # we should remove this file from the hash.
9169 if ( not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1 ) {
9170 delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
9171 }
9172 } ## end for $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
9173
9174 # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that
9175 # haven't been loaded yet.
9176 undef %postponed;
9177 undef %postponed_file;
9178 undef %break_on_load;
9179 } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^\s*$/)
9180} ## end sub cmd_pre580_D
9181
9182=head2 Old C<h> command
9183
9184Print help. Defaults to printing the long-form help; the 5.8 version
9185prints the summary by default.
9186
9187=cut
9188
9189sub cmd_pre580_h {
9190 my $xcmd = shift;
9191 my $cmd = shift;
9192
9193 # Print the *right* help, long format.
9194 if ( $cmd =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
9195 print_help($pre580_help);
9196 }
9197
9198 # 'h h' - explicitly-requested summary.
9199 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^h\s*/ ) {
9200 print_help($pre580_summary);
9201 }
9202
9203 # Find and print a command's help.
9204 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/ ) {
9205 my $asked = $1; # for proper errmsg
9206 my $qasked = quotemeta($asked); # for searching
9207 # XXX: finds CR but not <CR>
9208 if (
9209 $pre580_help =~ /^
9210 <? # Optional '<'
9211 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
9212 $qasked # The command name
9213 /mx
9214 )
9215 {
9216
9217 while (
9218 $pre580_help =~ /^
9219 ( # The command help:
9220 <? # Optional '<'
9221 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
9222 $qasked # The command name
9223 ([\s\S]*?) # Lines starting with tabs
9224 \n # Final newline
9225 )
9226 (?!\s)/mgx
9227 ) # Line not starting with space
9228 # (Next command's help)
9229 {
9230 print_help($1);
9231 }
9232 } ## end if ($pre580_help =~ /^<?(?:[IB]<)$qasked/m)
9233
9234 # Help not found.
9235 else {
9236 print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n");
9237 }
9238 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/)
9239} ## end sub cmd_pre580_h
9240
9241=head2 Old C<W> command
9242
9243C<W E<lt>exprE<gt>> adds a watch expression, C<W> deletes them all.
9244
9245=cut
9246
9247sub cmd_pre580_W {
9248 my $xcmd = shift;
9249 my $cmd = shift;
9250
9251 # Delete all watch expressions.
9252 if ( $cmd =~ /^$/ ) {
9253
9254 # No watching is going on.
9255 $trace &= ~2;
9256
9257 # Kill all the watch expressions and values.
9258 @to_watch = @old_watch = ();
9259 }
9260
9261 # Add a watch expression.
9262 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(.*)/s ) {
9263
9264 # add it to the list to be watched.
9265 push @to_watch, $1;
9266
9267 # Get the current value of the expression.
9268 # Doesn't handle expressions returning list values!
9269 $evalarg = $1;
9270 my ($val) = &eval;
9271 $val = ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef';
9272
9273 # Save it.
9274 push @old_watch, $val;
9275
9276 # We're watching stuff.
9277 $trace |= 2;
9278
9279 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^(.*)/s)
9280} ## end sub cmd_pre580_W
9281
9282=head1 PRE-AND-POST-PROMPT COMMANDS AND ACTIONS
9283
9284The debugger used to have a bunch of nearly-identical code to handle
9285the pre-and-post-prompt action commands. C<cmd_pre590_prepost> and
9286C<cmd_prepost> unify all this into one set of code to handle the
9287appropriate actions.
9288
9289=head2 C<cmd_pre590_prepost>
9290
9291A small wrapper around C<cmd_prepost>; it makes sure that the default doesn't
9292do something destructive. In pre 5.8 debuggers, the default action was to
9293delete all the actions.
9294
9295=cut
9296
9297sub cmd_pre590_prepost {
9298 my $cmd = shift;
9299 my $line = shift || '*';
9300 my $dbline = shift;
9301
9302 return &cmd_prepost( $cmd, $line, $dbline );
9303} ## end sub cmd_pre590_prepost
9304
9305=head2 C<cmd_prepost>
9306
9307Actually does all the handling for C<E<lt>>, C<E<gt>>, C<{{>, C<{>, etc.
9308Since the lists of actions are all held in arrays that are pointed to by
9309references anyway, all we have to do is pick the right array reference and
9310then use generic code to all, delete, or list actions.
9311
9312=cut
9313
9314sub cmd_prepost {
9315 my $cmd = shift;
9316
9317 # No action supplied defaults to 'list'.
9318 my $line = shift || '?';
9319
9320 # Figure out what to put in the prompt.
9321 my $which = '';
9322
9323 # Make sure we have some array or another to address later.
9324 # This means that if ssome reason the tests fail, we won't be
9325 # trying to stash actions or delete them from the wrong place.
9326 my $aref = [];
9327
9328 # < - Perl code to run before prompt.
9329 if ( $cmd =~ /^\</o ) {
9330 $which = 'pre-perl';
9331 $aref = $pre;
9332 }
9333
9334 # > - Perl code to run after prompt.
9335 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\>/o ) {
9336 $which = 'post-perl';
9337 $aref = $post;
9338 }
9339
9340 # { - first check for properly-balanced braces.
9341 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o ) {
9342 if ( $cmd =~ /^\{.*\}$/o && unbalanced( substr( $cmd, 1 ) ) ) {
9343 print $OUT
9344"$cmd is now a debugger command\nuse `;$cmd' if you mean Perl code\n";
9345 }
9346
9347 # Properly balanced. Pre-prompt debugger actions.
9348 else {
9349 $which = 'pre-debugger';
9350 $aref = $pretype;
9351 }
9352 } ## end elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o )
9353
9354 # Did we find something that makes sense?
9355 unless ($which) {
9356 print $OUT "Confused by command: $cmd\n";
9357 }
9358
9359 # Yes.
9360 else {
9361
9362 # List actions.
9363 if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o ) {
9364 unless (@$aref) {
9365
9366 # Nothing there. Complain.
9367 print $OUT "No $which actions.\n";
9368 }
9369 else {
9370
9371 # List the actions in the selected list.
9372 print $OUT "$which commands:\n";
9373 foreach my $action (@$aref) {
9374 print $OUT "\t$cmd -- $action\n";
9375 }
9376 } ## end else
9377 } ## end if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o)
9378
9379 # Might be a delete.
9380 else {
9381 if ( length($cmd) == 1 ) {
9382 if ( $line =~ /^\s*\*\s*$/o ) {
9383
9384 # It's a delete. Get rid of the old actions in the
9385 # selected list..
9386 @$aref = ();
9387 print $OUT "All $cmd actions cleared.\n";
9388 }
9389 else {
9390
9391 # Replace all the actions. (This is a <, >, or {).
9392 @$aref = action($line);
9393 }
9394 } ## end if ( length($cmd) == 1)
9395 elsif ( length($cmd) == 2 ) {
9396
9397 # Add the action to the line. (This is a <<, >>, or {{).
9398 push @$aref, action($line);
9399 }
9400 else {
9401
9402 # <<<, >>>>, {{{{{{ ... something not a command.
9403 print $OUT
9404 "Confused by strange length of $which command($cmd)...\n";
9405 }
9406 } ## end else [ if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o)
9407 } ## end else
9408} ## end sub cmd_prepost
9409
9410=head1 C<DB::fake>
9411
9412Contains the C<at_exit> routine that the debugger uses to issue the
9413C<Debugged program terminated ...> message after the program completes. See
9414the C<END> block documentation for more details.
9415
9416=cut
9417
9418package DB::fake;
9419
9420sub at_exit {
9421 "Debugged program terminated. Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart.";
9422}
9423
9424package DB; # Do not trace this 1; below!
9425
94261;
9427
9428